wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 209 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 210 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 211 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 212 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 213 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 214 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 215 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 216 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 217 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 219 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 228 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 229 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 230 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 231 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 232 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 233 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 234 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 235 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 236 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 237 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 238 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 239 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 240 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 241 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 242 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 243 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 244 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 245 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 246 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 247 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 248 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 249 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 251 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 252 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 253 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 254 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 255 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 256 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 257 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 258 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 259 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 260 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 261 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 262 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 263 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 264 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 265 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 270 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 271 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 272 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 277 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 279 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 280 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 281 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 285 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 292 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 293 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 294 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 295 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 296 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 297 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 300 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 301 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 302 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 303 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 304 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 305 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 306 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 307 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 308 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 309 UP = _core_.UP
 310 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 311 TOP = _core_.TOP
 312 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 313 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 314 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 315 WEST = _core_.WEST
 316 EAST = _core_.EAST
 317 ALL = _core_.ALL
 318 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 321 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 322 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 329 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 330 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 331 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 332 GROW = _core_.GROW
 333 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 334 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 336 TILE = _core_.TILE
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 339 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 340 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 342 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 345 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 349 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 350 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 351 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 352 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 353 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 354 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 355 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 356 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 357 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 358 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 359 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 360 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 361 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 362 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 363 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 364 DOT = _core_.DOT
 365 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 366 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 367 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 368 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 369 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 370 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 371 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 376 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 379 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 380 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 381 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 382 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 383 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 384 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 385 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 386 XOR = _core_.XOR
 387 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 388 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 389 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 390 COPY = _core_.COPY
 391 AND = _core_.AND
 392 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 393 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 394 NOR = _core_.NOR
 395 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 396 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 397 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 398 NAND = _core_.NAND
 399 OR = _core_.OR
 400 SET = _core_.SET
 401 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 402 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 403 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 404 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 405 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 406 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 407 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 408 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 409 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 410 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 411 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 412 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 413 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 414 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 415 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 416 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 417 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 418 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 419 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 420 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 421 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 422 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 423 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 424 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 425 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 426 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 427 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 428 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 429 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 431 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 432 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 444 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 447 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 448 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 449 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 450 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 451 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 452 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 453 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 454 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 455 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 456 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 457 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 458 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 459 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 460 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 461 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 462 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 463 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 464 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 465 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 466 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 467 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 468 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 469 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 470 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 471 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 472 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 474 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 475 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 507 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 528 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 529 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 530 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 531 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 532 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 533 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 534 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 536 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 537 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 540 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 542 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 543 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 544 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 545 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 546 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 547 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 548 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 549 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 572 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 573 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 574 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 596 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 620 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 649 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 650 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 651 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 652 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 653 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 668 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 669 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 670 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 671 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 672 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 673 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 674 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 675 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 676 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 677 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 681 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 682
 683 class Object(object):
 684     """
 685     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 686     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 687     """
 688     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 689     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 690     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 691     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 692         """
 693         GetClassName(self) -> String
 694
 695         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 696         """
 697         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 698
 699     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 700         """
 701         Destroy(self)
 702
 703         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 704         """
 705         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 706         args[0].thisown = 0
 707         return val
 708
 709     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 710 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 711 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 712 cvar = _core_.cvar
 713 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 714
 715 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 716
 717 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 718 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 719 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 720 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 721 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 737 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 738 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 739 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 740 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 741 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 742 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 743 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 744 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 745 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 746 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 747 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 748 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 749 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 750 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 751 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 752 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 753 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 754 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 755 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 756 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 757 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 758 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 759 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 760 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 761 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 762 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 763 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 764 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 765 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 766 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 767 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 768 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 769
 770 class Size(object):
 771     """
 772     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 773     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 774     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 775     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 776     """
 777     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 778     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 779     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 780     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 781     x = width; y = height
 782     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 783         """
 784         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 785
 786         Creates a size object.
 787         """
 788         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 789     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 790     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 791     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 792         """
 793         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 794
 795         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 796         """
 797         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 798
 799     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 800         """
 801         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 802
 803         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 804         """
 805         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 806
 807     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 808         """
 809         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 810
 811         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 812         """
 813         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 814
 815     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 816         """
 817         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 818
 819         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 820         """
 821         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 822
 823     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 824         """
 825         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 826
 827         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 828         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 829         """
 830         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 831
 832     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 833         """
 834         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 835
 836         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 837         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 838         """
 839         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 840
 841     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 842         """
 843         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 844
 845         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 846         """
 847         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 848
 849     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 850         """
 851         Set(self, int w, int h)
 852
 853         Set both width and height.
 854         """
 855         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 856
 857     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 858         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 859         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 860
 861     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 862         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 863         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 864
 865     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 866         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 867         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 868
 869     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 870         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 871         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 872
 873     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 874         """
 875         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 876
 877         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 878         """
 879         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 880
 881     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 882         """
 883         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 884
 885         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 886         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 887         """
 888         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 889
 890     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 891         """
 892         Get() -> (width,height)
 893
 894         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 895         """
 896         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 897
 898     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 899     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 900     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 901     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 902     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 903     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 904         if index == 0: self.width = val
 905         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 906         else: raise IndexError
 907     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 908     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 909     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 910
 911 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 912
 913 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 914
 915 class RealPoint(object):
 916     """
 917     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 918     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 919     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 920     """
 921     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 922     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 923     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 924     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 925     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 926         """
 927         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 928
 929         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 930         """
 931         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 932     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 933     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 934     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 935         """
 936         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 937
 938         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 939         """
 940         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 941
 942     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 943         """
 944         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 945
 946         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 947         """
 948         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 949
 950     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 951         """
 952         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 953
 954         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 955         """
 956         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 957
 958     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 959         """
 960         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 961
 962         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 963         """
 964         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 965
 966     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 967         """
 968         Set(self, double x, double y)
 969
 970         Set both the x and y properties
 971         """
 972         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 973
 974     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 975         """
 976         Get() -> (x,y)
 977
 978         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 979         """
 980         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 981
 982     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 983     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 984     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 985     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 986     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 987     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 988         if index == 0: self.x = val
 989         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 990         else: raise IndexError
 991     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 992     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 993     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 994
 995 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
 996
 997 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 998
 999 class Point(object):
1000     """
1001     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1002     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1003     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1004     """
1005     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1006     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1007     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1008     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1009     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1010         """
1011         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1012
1013         Create a wx.Point object
1014         """
1015         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1016     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1017     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1018     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1019         """
1020         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1021
1022         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1023         """
1024         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1025
1026     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1027         """
1028         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1029
1030         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1031         """
1032         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1033
1034     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1035         """
1036         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1037
1038         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1039         """
1040         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1041
1042     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1043         """
1044         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1045
1046         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1047         """
1048         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1049
1050     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1051         """
1052         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1053
1054         Add pt to this object.
1055         """
1056         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1057
1058     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1059         """
1060         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1061
1062         Subtract pt from this object.
1063         """
1064         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1065
1066     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1067         """
1068         Set(self, long x, long y)
1069
1070         Set both the x and y properties
1071         """
1072         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1073
1074     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1075         """
1076         Get() -> (x,y)
1077
1078         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1079         """
1080         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1081
1082     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1083     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1084     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1085     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1086     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1087     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1088         if index == 0: self.x = val
1089         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1090         else: raise IndexError
1091     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1092     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1093     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1094
1095 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1096
1097 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1098
1099 class Rect(object):
1100     """
1101     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1102     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1103     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1104     """
1105     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1106     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1107     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1108         """
1109         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1110
1111         Create a new Rect object.
1112         """
1113         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1114     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1115     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1116     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1117         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1118         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1119
1120     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1121         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1122         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1123
1124     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1125         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1126         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1127
1128     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1129         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1130         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1131
1132     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1133         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1134         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1135
1136     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1137         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1138         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1139
1140     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1141         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1142         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1143
1144     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1145         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1146         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1147
1148     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1149         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1150         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1151
1152     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1153         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1154         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1155
1156     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1157         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1158         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1159
1160     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1161         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1162         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1163
1164     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1165         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1166         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1167
1168     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1169         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1170         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1171
1172     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1173         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1174         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1175
1176     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1177         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1178         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1179
1180     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1181         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1182         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1183
1184     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1185         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1186         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1187
1188     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1189         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1190         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1191
1192     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1193         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1194         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1195
1196     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1197         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1198         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1199
1200     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1201         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1202         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1203
1204     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1205         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1206         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1207
1208     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1209         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1210         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1211
1212     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1213         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1214         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1215
1216     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1217     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1218     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1219     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1220     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1221     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1222
1223     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1224         """
1225         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1226
1227         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1228
1229         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1230         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1231         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1232         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1233         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1234         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1235         direction.
1236
1237         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1238         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1239         first::
1240
1241             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1242             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1243
1244
1245         """
1246         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1247
1248     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1249         """
1250         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1251
1252         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1253         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1254         `Inflate` for a full description.
1255         """
1256         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1257
1258     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1259         """
1260         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1261
1262         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1263         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1264         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1265         """
1266         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1267
1268     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1269         """
1270         Offset(self, Point pt)
1271
1272         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1273         """
1274         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1275
1276     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1277         """
1278         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1279
1280         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1281         """
1282         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1283
1284     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1285         """
1286         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1287
1288         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1289         """
1290         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1291
1292     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1293         """
1294         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1295
1296         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1297         """
1298         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1299
1300     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1301         """
1302         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1303
1304         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1305         """
1306         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1307
1308     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1309         """
1310         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1311
1312         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1313         """
1314         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1315
1316     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1317         """
1318         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1319
1320         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1321         """
1322         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1323
1324     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1325         """
1326         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1327
1328         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1329         """
1330         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1331
1332     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1333         """
1334         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1335
1336         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1337         """
1338         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1339
1340     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1341         """
1342         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1343
1344         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1345         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1346         """
1347         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1348
1349     Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1350     InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1351     InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1352
1353     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1354         """
1355         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1356
1357         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1358         """
1359         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1360
1361     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1362         """
1363         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1364
1365         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1366         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1367         """
1368         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1369
1370     CentreIn = CenterIn
1371     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1372     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1373     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1374     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1375     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1376         """
1377         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1378
1379         Set all rectangle properties.
1380         """
1381         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1382
1383     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1384         """
1385         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1386
1387         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1388         """
1389         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1390
1391     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1392     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1393     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1394     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1395     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1396     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1397         if index == 0: self.x = val
1398         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1399         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1400         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1401         else: raise IndexError
1402     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1403     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1404     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1405
1406     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1407     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1408     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1409     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1410     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1411     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1412     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1413     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1414     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1415     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1416     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1417     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1418     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1419 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1420
1421 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1422     """
1423     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1424
1425     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1426     """
1427     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1428     return val
1429
1430 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1431     """
1432     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1433
1434     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1435     """
1436     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1437     return val
1438
1439 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1440     """
1441     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1442
1443     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1444     """
1445     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1446     return val
1447
1448
1449 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1450   """
1451     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1452
1453     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1454     """
1455   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1456 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1457
1458 class Point2D(object):
1459     """
1460     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1461     with floating point values.
1462     """
1463     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1464     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1465     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1466         """
1467         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1468
1469         Create a w.Point2D object.
1470         """
1471         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1472     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1473         """
1474         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1475
1476         Convert to integer
1477         """
1478         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1479
1480     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1481         """
1482         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1483
1484         Convert to integer
1485         """
1486         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1487
1488     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1489         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1490         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1491
1492     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1493         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1494         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1495
1496     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1497         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1498         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1499
1500     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1501         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1502         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1503
1504     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1505         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1506         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1507     def Normalize(self):
1508         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1509
1510     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1512         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1513
1514     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1516         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1517
1518     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1519         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1520         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1524         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1525
1526     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1527         """
1528         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1529
1530         the reflection of this point
1531         """
1532         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1535         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1536         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1539         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1540         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1541
1542     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1543         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1544         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1545
1546     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1547         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1548         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1549
1550     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1551         """
1552         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1553
1554         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1555         """
1556         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1557
1558     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1559         """
1560         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1561
1562         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1563         """
1564         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1565
1566     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1567     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1568     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1569         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1570         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1571
1572     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1573         """
1574         Get() -> (x,y)
1575
1576         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1577         """
1578         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1579
1580     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1581     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1582     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1583     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1584     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1585     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1586         if index == 0: self.x = val
1587         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1588         else: raise IndexError
1589     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1590     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1591     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1592
1593     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1594     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1595     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1596     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1597 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1598
1599 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1600     """
1601     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1602
1603     Create a w.Point2D object.
1604     """
1605     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1606     return val
1607
1608 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1609     """
1610     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1611
1612     Create a w.Point2D object.
1613     """
1614     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1615     return val
1616
1617 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1618
1619 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1620 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1621 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1622 class InputStream(object):
1623     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1624     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1625     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1626     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1627         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1628         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1629     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1630     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1631     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1632         """close(self)"""
1633         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1634
1635     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1636         """flush(self)"""
1637         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1638
1639     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1640         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1641         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1642
1643     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1644         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1645         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1646
1647     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1648         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1649         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1650
1651     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1652         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1653         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1654
1655     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1656         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1657         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1658
1659     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1660         """tell(self) -> int"""
1661         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1662
1663     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1664         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1665         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1666
1667     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1668         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1669         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1670
1671     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1672         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1673         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1674
1675     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1676         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1677         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1678
1679     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1680         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1681         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1682
1683     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1684         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1685         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1686
1687     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1688         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1689         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1690
1691     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1692         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1693         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1694
1695 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1696 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1697 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1698
1699 class OutputStream(object):
1700     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1701     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1702     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1704     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1705         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1706         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1707
1708     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1709         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1710         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1711
1712 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1713
1714 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1715
1716 class FSFile(Object):
1717     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1718     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1719     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1720     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1721         """
1722         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1723             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1724         """
1725         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1726     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1727     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1728     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1729         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1730         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1731
1732     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
1733         """DetachStream(self)"""
1734         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
1735
1736     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1737         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1738         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1739
1740     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1741         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1742         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1743
1744     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1745         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1746         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1747
1748     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1749         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1750         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1751
1752     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1753     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
1754     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
1755     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
1756     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
1757 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1758
1759 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1760     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1761     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1762     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1763     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1764     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1765     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1766 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1767
1768 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1769     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1770     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1771     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1772     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1773         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1774         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1775         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1776
1777     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1778         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1779         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1780
1781     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1782         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1783         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1784
1785     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1786         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1787         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1788
1789     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1790         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1791         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1792
1793     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1794         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1795         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1796
1797     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1798         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1799         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1800
1801     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1802         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1803         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1804
1805     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1806         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1807         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1808
1809     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1810         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1811         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1812
1813     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1814         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1815         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1816
1817     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1818     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
1819     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
1820     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
1821     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
1822 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1823
1824 class FileSystem(Object):
1825     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1826     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1827     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1828     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1829         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1830         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1831     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1832     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1833     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1834         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1835         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1836
1837     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1838         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1839         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1840
1841     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1842         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1843         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1844
1845     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1846         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1847         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1848
1849     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1850         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1851         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1852
1853     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1854         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1855         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1856
1857     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1858     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1859         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1860         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1861
1862     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
1863     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1864         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1865         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1866
1867     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1868     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1869         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1870         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1871
1872     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1873     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1874         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1875         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1876
1877     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1878     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
1879 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1880
1881 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1882   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1883   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1884
1885 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1886   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1887   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1888
1889 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1890   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1891   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1892
1893 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1894   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1895   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1898   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1899   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1900
1901 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1902     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1903     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1904     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1905     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1906         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1907         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1908     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1909         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1910         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1911
1912     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1913         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1914         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1915
1916 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1917
1918 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1919     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1920     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1921     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1922     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1923         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1924         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1925     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1926         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1927         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1928
1929     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1930         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1931         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1932
1933     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1934         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1935         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1936
1937     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1938         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1939         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1940
1941 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1942
1943
1944 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1945   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1946   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1947
1948 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1949   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1950   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1951
1952 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1953   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1954   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1955 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1956     """
1957     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1958     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1959     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1960     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1961     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1962     """
1963     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1964         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1965     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1966         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1967     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1968         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1969     else:
1970         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1971
1972 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1973     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1974     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1975     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1976     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1977         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1978         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1979     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1980         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1981         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1982
1983     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1984     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1985     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1986         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1987         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1988
1989     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1990         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1991         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1992
1993     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1994         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1995         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1996
1997     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1998         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1999         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2000
2001 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2002
2003 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2004   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2005   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2006
2007 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2008 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2009 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2010 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011
2012 class ImageHandler(Object):
2013     """
2014     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2015     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2016     normally seen by the application.
2017     """
2018     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2019     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2020     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2021     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2022         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2023         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2024
2025     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2026         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2027         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2028
2029     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2030         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2031         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2032
2033     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2034         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2035         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2036
2037     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2038         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2039         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2040
2041     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2042         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2043         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2044
2045     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2046         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2047         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2048
2049     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2050         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2051         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2052
2053     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2054         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2055         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2056
2057     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2058         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2059         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2060
2061     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2062     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2063     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2064     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2065 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2066
2067 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2068     """
2069     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2070     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2071     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2072     the following methods::
2073
2074         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2075             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2076
2077         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2078             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2079
2080         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2081             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2082                this handler's image file format.'''
2083
2084         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2085             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2086                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2087
2088     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2089     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2090     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2091
2092     """
2093     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2094     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2095     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2096         """
2097         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2098
2099         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2100         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2101         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2102         the following methods::
2103
2104             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2105                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2106
2107             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2108                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2109
2110             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2111                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2112                    this handler's image file format.'''
2113
2114             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2115                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2116                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2117
2118         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2119         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2120         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2121
2122         """
2123         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2124         self._SetSelf(self)
2125
2126     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2127         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2128         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2129
2130 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2131
2132 class ImageHistogram(object):
2133     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2134     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2135     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2136     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2137         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2138         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2139     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2140         """
2141         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2142
2143         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2144         """
2145         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2146
2147     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2148     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2149         """
2150         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2151
2152         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2153         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2154         success flag and rgb values.
2155         """
2156         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2157
2158     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2159         """
2160         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2161
2162         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2163         key value from a RGB tripple.
2164         """
2165         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2166
2167     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2168         """
2169         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2170
2171         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2172         """
2173         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2174
2175     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2176         """
2177         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2178
2179         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2180         """
2181         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2182
2183 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2184
2185 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2186   """
2187     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2188
2189     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2190     """
2191   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2192
2193 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2194     """
2195     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2196     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2197     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2198     color space.
2199     """
2200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2203         """
2204         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2205
2206         Constructor.
2207         """
2208         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2209     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2210     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2211     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2212 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2213
2214 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2215     """
2216     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2217     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2218     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2219     color space.
2220     """
2221     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2222     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2223     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2224         """
2225         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2226
2227         Constructor.
2228         """
2229         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2230     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2231     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2232     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2233 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2234
2235 class Image(Object):
2236     """
2237     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2238     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2239     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2240     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2241
2242     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2243     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2244     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2245     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2246
2247     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2248     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2249     bitmap object.
2250
2251     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2252     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2253     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2254     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2255     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2256
2257     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2258     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2259     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2260     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2261     """
2262     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2263     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2264     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2265         """
2266         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2267
2268         Loads an image from a file.
2269         """
2270         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2271     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2272     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2273     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2274         """
2275         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2276
2277         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2278         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2279         """
2280         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2281
2282     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2283         """
2284         Destroy(self)
2285
2286         Destroys the image data.
2287         """
2288         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2289         args[0].thisown = 0
2290         return val
2291
2292     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2293         """
2294         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2295
2296         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2297         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2298         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2299         """
2300         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2301
2302     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2303         """
2304         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2305
2306         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2307         """
2308         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2309
2310     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2311         """
2312         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2313
2314         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2315         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2316
2317         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2318         """
2319         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2320
2321     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2322         """
2323         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2324
2325         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2326         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2327         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2328         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2329         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2330         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2331         newly exposed areas.
2332
2333         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2334         """
2335         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2336
2337     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2338         """
2339         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2340
2341         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2342         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2343         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2344         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2345         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2346         """
2347         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2348
2349     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2350         """
2351         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2352
2353         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2354         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2355         safe way to manipulate the data.
2356         """
2357         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2358
2359     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2360         """
2361         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2362
2363         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2364         """
2365         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2366
2367     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2368         """
2369         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2370
2371         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2372         """
2373         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2374
2375     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2376         """
2377         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2378
2379         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2380         """
2381         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2382
2383     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2384         """
2385         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2386
2387         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2388         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2389         for this.
2390         """
2391         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2392
2393     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2394         """
2395         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2396
2397         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2398         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2399         this.
2400
2401         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2402         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2403         the fully opaque pixels.
2404         """
2405         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2406
2407     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2408         """
2409         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2410
2411         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2412         """
2413         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2414
2415     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2416         """
2417         InitAlpha(self)
2418
2419         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2420         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2421         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2422         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2423         """
2424         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2425
2426     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2427         """
2428         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2429
2430         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2431         than the spcified threshold.
2432         """
2433         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2434
2435     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2436         """
2437         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2438
2439         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2440         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2441         success flag and rgb values.
2442         """
2443         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2444
2445     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2446         """
2447         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2448
2449         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2450         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2451         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2452         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2453
2454         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2455         nothing.
2456         """
2457         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2458
2459     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2460         """
2461         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2462
2463         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2464         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2465         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2466         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2467         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2468         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2469         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2470         """
2471         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2472
2473     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2474         """
2475         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2476
2477         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2478         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2479         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2480         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2481         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2482
2483         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2484         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2485         mask was successfully applied.
2486
2487         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2488         computationally intensive operation.
2489         """
2490         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2491
2492     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2493         """
2494         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2495
2496         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2497         """
2498         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2499
2500     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2501     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2502         """
2503         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2504
2505         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2506         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2507         the number of available images.
2508         """
2509         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2510
2511     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2512     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2513         """
2514         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2515
2516         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2517         library will try to autodetect the format.
2518         """
2519         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2520
2521     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2522         """
2523         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2524
2525         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2526         string.
2527         """
2528         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2529
2530     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2531         """
2532         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2533
2534         Saves an image in the named file.
2535         """
2536         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2537
2538     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2539         """
2540         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2541
2542         Saves an image in the named file.
2543         """
2544         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2545
2546     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2547         """
2548         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2549
2550         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2551         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2552         object.
2553         """
2554         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2555
2556     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2557     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2558         """
2559         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2560
2561         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2562         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2563         autodetect the format.
2564         """
2565         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2566
2567     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2568         """
2569         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2570
2571         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2572         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2573         """
2574         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2575
2576     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2577         """
2578         Ok(self) -> bool
2579
2580         Returns true if image data is present.
2581         """
2582         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2583
2584     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2585         """
2586         GetWidth(self) -> int
2587
2588         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2589         """
2590         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2591
2592     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2593         """
2594         GetHeight(self) -> int
2595
2596         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2597         """
2598         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2599
2600     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2601         """
2602         GetSize(self) -> Size
2603
2604         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2605         """
2606         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2607
2608     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2609         """
2610         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2611
2612         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2613         entirely to the image.
2614         """
2615         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2616
2617     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2618         """
2619         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2620
2621         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2622         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2623         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2624         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2625         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2626         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2627         newly exposed areas.
2628         """
2629         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2630
2631     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2632         """
2633         Copy(self) -> Image
2634
2635         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2636         """
2637         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2638
2639     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2640         """
2641         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2642
2643         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2644         and any out of bounds problems.
2645         """
2646         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2647
2648     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2649         """
2650         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2651
2652         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2653         """
2654         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2655
2656     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2657         """
2658         SetData(self, buffer data)
2659
2660         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2661         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2662         the data must be width*height*3.
2663         """
2664         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2665
2666     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2667         """
2668         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2669
2670         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2671         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2672         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2673         """
2674         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2675
2676     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2677         """
2678         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2679
2680         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2681         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2682         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2683         """
2684         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2685
2686     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2687         """
2688         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2689
2690         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2691         """
2692         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2693
2694     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2695         """
2696         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2697
2698         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2699         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2700         data must be width*height.
2701         """
2702         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2703
2704     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2705         """
2706         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2707
2708         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2709         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2710         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2711         """
2712         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2713
2714     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2715         """
2716         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2717
2718         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2719         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2720         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2721         """
2722         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2723
2724     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2725         """
2726         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2727
2728         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2729         mask).
2730         """
2731         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2732
2733     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2734         """
2735         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2736
2737         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2738         """
2739         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2740
2741     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2742         """
2743         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2744
2745         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2746         """
2747         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2748
2749     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2750         """
2751         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2752
2753         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2754         """
2755         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2756
2757     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2758         """
2759         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2760
2761         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2762         """
2763         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2764
2765     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2766         """
2767         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2768
2769         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2770         determined by the current mask colour.
2771         """
2772         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2773
2774     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2775         """
2776         HasMask(self) -> bool
2777
2778         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2779         """
2780         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2781
2782     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2783         """
2784         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2785             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2786
2787         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2788         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2789         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2790         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2791         will be used as the fill colour.
2792
2793         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2794         """
2795         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2796
2797     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2798         """
2799         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2800
2801         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2802         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2803         """
2804         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2805
2806     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2807         """
2808         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2809
2810         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2811         indicates the orientation.
2812         """
2813         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2814
2815     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2816         """
2817         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2818
2819         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2820         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2821         """
2822         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2823
2824     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2825         """
2826         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2827
2828         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2829         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2830         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2831         """
2832         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2833
2834     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2835         """
2836         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2837
2838         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2839         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2840         colour everywhere else.
2841         """
2842         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2843
2844     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2845         """
2846         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2847
2848         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2849         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2850         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2851         """
2852         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2853
2854     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2855         """
2856         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2857
2858         Sets an image option as an integer.
2859         """
2860         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2861
2862     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2863         """
2864         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2865
2866         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2867         """
2868         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2869
2870     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2871         """
2872         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2873
2874         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2875         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2876         """
2877         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2878
2879     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2880         """
2881         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2882
2883         Returns true if the given option is present.
2884         """
2885         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2886
2887     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2888         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2889         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2890
2891     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2892         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2893         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2894
2895     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2896         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2897         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2898
2899     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2900     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2901         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2902         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2903
2904     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2905     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2906         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2907         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2908
2909     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2910     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2911         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2912         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2913
2914     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2915     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2916         """
2917         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2918
2919         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2920         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2921         dialog boxes.
2922         """
2923         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2924
2925     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2926     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2927         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2928         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2929
2930     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2931         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2932         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2933
2934     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2935         """
2936         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2937
2938         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2939         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2940         """
2941         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2942
2943     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2944         """
2945         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2946
2947         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2948         """
2949         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2950
2951     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2952     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2953         """
2954         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2955
2956         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2957         """
2958         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2959
2960     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2961     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2962     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
2963     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
2964     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
2965     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
2966     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
2967     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
2968     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
2969     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
2970     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
2971     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
2972 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2973
2974 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2975     """
2976     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2977
2978     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2979     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2980     """
2981     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2982     return val
2983
2984 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2985     """
2986     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2987
2988     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2989     object.
2990     """
2991     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2992     return val
2993
2994 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2995     """
2996     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2997
2998     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2999     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3000     """
3001     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3002     return val
3003
3004 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3005     """
3006     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3007
3008     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3009     pixels to black.
3010     """
3011     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3012     return val
3013
3014 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3015     """
3016     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3017
3018     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3019     """
3020     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3021     return val
3022
3023 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3024     """
3025     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3026
3027     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3028     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3029     must be width*height*3.
3030     """
3031     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3032     return val
3033
3034 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3035     """
3036     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3037
3038     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3039     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3040     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3041     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3042     """
3043     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3044     return val
3045
3046 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3047   """
3048     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3049
3050     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3051     """
3052   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3053
3054 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3055   """
3056     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3057
3058     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3059     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3060     the number of available images.
3061     """
3062   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3063
3064 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3065   """
3066     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3067
3068     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3069     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3070     object.
3071     """
3072   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3073
3074 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3075   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3076   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3077
3078 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3079   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3080   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3081
3082 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3083   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3084   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3085
3086 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3087   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3088   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3089
3090 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3091   """
3092     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3093
3094     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3095     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3096     dialog boxes.
3097     """
3098   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3099
3100 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3101   """
3102     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3103
3104     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3105     """
3106   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3107
3108 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3109   """
3110     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3111
3112     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3113     """
3114   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3115
3116
3117 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3118   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3119   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3120 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3121     """
3122     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3123     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3124     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3125     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3126     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3127     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3128
3129     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3130     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3131     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3132     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3133     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3134
3135     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3136     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3137     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3138     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3139     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3140     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3141     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3142     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3143     them to change size.
3144     """
3145     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3146     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3147     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3148     return image
3149
3150 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3151     """
3152     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3153     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3154     """
3155     pass
3156
3157 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3158 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3159 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3160 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3161 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3162 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3163 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3164 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3165 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3166 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3167 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3168 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3169 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3170 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3171 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3172     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3173     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3174     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3175     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3176         """
3177         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3178
3179         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3180         """
3181         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3182 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3183 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3184 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3185 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3186 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3187 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3188 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3189 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3190 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3191 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3192 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3193 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3194 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3195 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3196 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3197 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3198 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3199
3200 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3201     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3202     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3203     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3204     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3205         """
3206         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3207
3208         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3209         """
3210         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3211 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3212
3213 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3214     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3215     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3216     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3217     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3218         """
3219         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3220
3221         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3222         """
3223         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3224 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3225
3226 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3227     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3228     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3229     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3230     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3231         """
3232         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3233
3234         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3235         """
3236         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3237 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3238
3239 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3240     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3241     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3242     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3243     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3244         """
3245         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3246
3247         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3248         """
3249         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3250 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3251
3252 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3253     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3254     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3255     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3256     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3257         """
3258         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3259
3260         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3261         """
3262         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3263 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3264
3265 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3266     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3267     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3268     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3269     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3270         """
3271         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3272
3273         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3274         """
3275         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3276 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3277
3278 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3279     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3280     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3281     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3282     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3283         """
3284         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3285
3286         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3287         """
3288         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3289 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3290
3291 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3292     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3293     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3294     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3295     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3296         """
3297         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3298
3299         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3300         """
3301         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3302 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3303
3304 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3305     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3306     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3307     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3308     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3309         """
3310         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3311
3312         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3313         """
3314         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3315 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3316
3317 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3318     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3319     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3320     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3321     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3322         """
3323         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3324
3325         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3326         """
3327         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3328 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3329
3330 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3331 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3332 class Quantize(object):
3333     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3334     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3335     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3336     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3337     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3338         """
3339         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3340
3341         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3342         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3343         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3344         """
3345         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3346
3347     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3348 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3349
3350 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3351   """
3352     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3353
3354     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3355     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3356     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3357     """
3358   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3359
3360 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3361
3362 class EvtHandler(Object):
3363     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3364     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3365     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3366     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3367         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3368         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3369     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3370         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3371         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3372
3373     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3374         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3375         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3376
3377     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3378         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3379         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3380
3381     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3382         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3383         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3384
3385     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3386         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3387         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3388
3389     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3390         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3391         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3392
3393     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3394         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3395         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3396
3397     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3398         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3399         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3400
3401     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3402         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3403         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3404
3405     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3406         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3407         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3408
3409     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3410         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3411         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3412
3413     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3414         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3415         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3416         args[0].thisown = 0
3417         return val
3418
3419     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3420         """
3421         Bind an event to an event handler.
3422
3423         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3424                       type of event to bind,
3425
3426         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3427                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3428                       disconnect an event handler.
3429
3430         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3431                       different window than self, but you still
3432                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3433                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3434                       passing the source of the event, the event
3435                       handling system is able to differentiate
3436                       between the same event type from different
3437                       controls.
3438
3439         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3440                    of instance.
3441
3442         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3443                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3444         """
3445         if source is not None:
3446             id  = source.GetId()
3447         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3448
3449     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3450         """
3451         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3452         Returns True if successful.
3453         """
3454         if source is not None:
3455             id  = source.GetId()
3456         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3457
3458     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3459     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3460     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3461 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3462
3463 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3464
3465 class PyEventBinder(object):
3466     """
3467     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3468     handlers.
3469     """
3470     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3471         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3472             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3473         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3474
3475         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3476             self.evtType = evtType
3477         else:
3478             self.evtType = [evtType]
3479
3480
3481     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3482         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3483         for et in self.evtType:
3484             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3485
3486
3487     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3488         """Remove an event binding."""
3489         success = 0
3490         for et in self.evtType:
3491             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3492         return success != 0
3493
3494
3495     def __call__(self, *args):
3496         """
3497         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3498         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3499         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3500         type of the event.
3501         """
3502         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3503         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3504         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3505         target = args[0]
3506         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3507             func = args[1]
3508         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3509             id1 = args[1]
3510             func = args[2]
3511         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3512             id1 = args[1]
3513             id2 = args[2]
3514             func = args[3]
3515         else:
3516             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3517
3518         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3519
3520
3521 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3522 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3523     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3524 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3525     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3526
3527
3528 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3529
3530 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3531
3532 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3533 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3534
3535 def NewEventType(*args):
3536   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3537   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3538 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3539 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3540 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3541 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3542 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3543 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3544 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3545 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3546 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3547 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3548 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3549 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3550 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3551 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3552 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3553 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3554 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3555 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3556 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3557 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3558 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3559 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3560 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3561 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3562 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3563 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3564 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3565 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3566 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3567 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3568 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3569 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3570 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3571 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3572 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3573 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3574 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3575 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3576 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3577 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3578 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3579 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3580 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3581 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3582 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3583 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3584 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3585 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3586 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3587 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3588 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3589 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3590 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3591 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3592 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3593 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3594 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3595 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3596 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3597 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3598 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3599 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3600 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3601 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3602 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3603 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3604 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3605 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3606 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3607 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3608 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3609 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3610 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3611 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3612 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3613 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3614 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3615 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3616 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3617 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3618 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3619 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3620 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3621 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3622 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3623 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3624 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3625 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3626 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3627 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3628 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3629 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3630 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3631 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3632 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3633 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3634 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3635 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3636 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3637 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3638 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3639 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3640 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3641 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3642 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3643 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3644 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3645 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3646 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3647 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3648 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3649 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3650 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3651 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3652 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3653 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3654 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3655 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3656 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3657 #
3658 # Create some event binders
3659 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3660 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3661 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3662 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3663 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3664 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3665 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3666 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3667 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3668 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3669 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3670 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3671 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3672 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3673 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3674 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3675 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3676 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3677 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3678 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3679 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3680 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3681 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3682 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3683 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3684 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3685 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3686 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3687 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3688 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3689 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3690 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3691 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3692 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3693 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3694 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3695 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3696 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3697 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3698 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3699 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3700 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3701
3702 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3703 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3704 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3705 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3706 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3707 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3708 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3709 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3710 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3711 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3712 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3713 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3714 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3715
3716 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3717                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3718                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3719                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3720                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3721                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3722                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3723                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3724                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3725                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3726                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3727                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3728                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3729                                      ])
3730
3731
3732 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3733 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3734                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3735                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3736                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3737                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3738                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3739                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3740                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3741                                   ])
3742
3743 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3744 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3745 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3746 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3747 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3748 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3749 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3750 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3751
3752 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3753 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3754                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3755                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3756                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3757                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3758                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3759                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3760                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3761                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3762                                ])
3763
3764 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3765 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3766 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3767 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3768 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3769 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3770 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3771 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3772 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3773 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3774
3775 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3776 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3777                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3778                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3779                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3780                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3781                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3782                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3783                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3784                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3785                                        ], 1)
3786
3787 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3788 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3789 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3790 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3791 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3792 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3793 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3794 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3795 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3796 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3797
3798 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3799 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3800 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3801 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3802 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3803 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3804 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3805 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3806 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3807 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3808
3809 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3810 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3811 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3812 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3813 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3814 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3815 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3816 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3817 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3818
3819
3820 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3821 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3822 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3823 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3824 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3825 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3826 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3827
3828 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3829
3830 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3831 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3832
3833 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3834
3835 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3836 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3837 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3838
3839
3840 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3841
3842 class Event(Object):
3843     """
3844     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3845     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3846     other event classes
3847     """
3848     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3849     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3850     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3851     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3852     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3853     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3854         """
3855         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3856
3857         Sets the specific type of the event.
3858         """
3859         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3860
3861     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3862         """
3863         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3864
3865         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3866         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3867         """
3868         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3869
3870     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3871         """
3872         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3873
3874         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3875         any.
3876         """
3877         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3878
3879     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3880         """
3881         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3882
3883         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3884         object that is sending the event.
3885         """
3886         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3887
3888     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3889         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3890         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3891
3892     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3893         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3894         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3895
3896     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3897         """
3898         GetId(self) -> int
3899
3900         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3901         command id.
3902         """
3903         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3904
3905     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3906         """
3907         SetId(self, int Id)
3908
3909         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3910         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3911         item, etc.
3912         """
3913         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3914
3915     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3916         """
3917         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3918
3919         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3920         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3921         """
3922         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3923
3924     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3925         """
3926         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3927
3928         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3929         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3930         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3931         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3932         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3933         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3934         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3935
3936         """
3937         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3938
3939     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3940         """
3941         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3942
3943         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3944         :see: `Skip`
3945         """
3946         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3947
3948     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3949         """
3950         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3951
3952         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3953         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3954         """
3955         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3956
3957     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3958         """
3959         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3960
3961         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3962         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3963         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3964         """
3965         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3966
3967     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3968         """
3969         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3970
3971         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3972         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3973         `StopPropagation`.)
3974
3975         """
3976         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3977
3978     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3979         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3980         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3981
3982     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
3983     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
3984     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
3985     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
3986     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
3987 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3988
3989 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3990
3991 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3992     """
3993     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3994     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3995     propogation of the event will be restored.
3996     """
3997     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3998     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3999     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4000         """
4001         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4002
4003         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4004         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4005         propogation of the event will be restored.
4006         """
4007         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4008     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4009     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4010 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4011
4012 class PropagateOnce(object):
4013     """
4014     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4015     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4016     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4017     """
4018     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4019     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4020     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4021         """
4022         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4023
4024         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4025         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4026         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4027         """
4028         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4029     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4030     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4031 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4032
4033 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4034
4035 class CommandEvent(Event):
4036     """
4037     This event class contains information about command events, which
4038     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4039     toolbars.
4040     """
4041     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4042     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4043     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4044         """
4045         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4046
4047         This event class contains information about command events, which
4048         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4049         toolbars.
4050         """
4051         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4052     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4053         """
4054         GetSelection(self) -> int
4055
4056         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4057         for a deselection).
4058         """
4059         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4060
4061     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4062         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4063         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4064
4065     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4066         """
4067         GetString(self) -> String
4068
4069         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4070         for a deselection).
4071         """
4072         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4073
4074     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4075         """
4076         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4077
4078         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4079         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4080         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4081         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4082         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4083         """
4084         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4085
4086     Checked = IsChecked
4087     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4088         """
4089         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4090
4091         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4092         false if it is a deselection.
4093         """
4094         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4095
4096     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4097         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4098         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4099
4100     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4101         """
4102         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4103
4104         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4105         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4106         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4107         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4108         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4109         listbox must be examined by the application.
4110         """
4111         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4112
4113     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4114         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4115         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4116
4117     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4118         """
4119         GetInt(self) -> int
4120
4121         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4122         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4123         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4124         """
4125         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4126
4127     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4128         """
4129         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4130
4131         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4132         """
4133         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4134
4135     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4136         """
4137         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4138
4139         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4140         """
4141         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4142
4143     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4144     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4145
4146     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4147         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4148         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4149
4150     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4151     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4152     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4153     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4154     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4155     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4156 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4157
4158 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4159
4160 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4161     """
4162     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4163     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4164     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4165     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4166     """
4167     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4168     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4169     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4170         """
4171         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4172
4173         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4174         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4175         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4176         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4177         """
4178         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4179     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4180         """
4181         Veto(self)
4182
4183         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4184
4185         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4186         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4187         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4188         """
4189         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4190
4191     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4192         """
4193         Allow(self)
4194
4195         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4196         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4197         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4198         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4199         """
4200         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4201
4202     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4203         """
4204         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4205
4206         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4207         false otherwise (if it was).
4208         """
4209         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4210
4211 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4212
4213 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4214
4215 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4216     """
4217     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4218     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4219     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4220     instead.
4221     """
4222     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4223     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4224     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4225         """
4226         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4227             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4228         """
4229         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4230     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4231         """
4232         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4233
4234         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4235         the scrollbar.
4236         """
4237         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4238
4239     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4240         """
4241         GetPosition(self) -> int
4242
4243         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4244         """
4245         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4246
4247     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4248         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4249         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4250
4251     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4252         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4253         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4254
4255     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4256     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4257 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4258
4259 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4260
4261 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4262     """
4263     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4264     scrolling windows.
4265     """
4266     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4267     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4268     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4269         """
4270         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4271
4272         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4273         scrolling windows.
4274         """
4275         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4276     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4277         """
4278         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4279
4280         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4281         the scrollbar.
4282         """
4283         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4284
4285     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4286         """
4287         GetPosition(self) -> int
4288
4289         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4290         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4291         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4292         """
4293         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4294
4295     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4296         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4297         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4298
4299     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4300         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4301         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4302
4303     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4304     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4305 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4306
4307 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4308
4309 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4310 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4311 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4312 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4313 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4314 class MouseEvent(Event):
4315     """
4316     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4317     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4318     mouse move events.
4319
4320     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4321     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4322     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4323     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4324     events from it.
4325
4326     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4327     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4328     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4329     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4330     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4331     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4332     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4333     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4334     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4335     """
4336     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4337     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4338     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4339         """
4340         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4341
4342         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4343
4344             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4345             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4346             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4347             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4348             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4349             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4350             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4351             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4352             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4353             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4354             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4355             * wxEVT_MOTION
4356             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4357         """
4358         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4359     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4360         """
4361         IsButton(self) -> bool
4362
4363         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4364         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4365         """
4366         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4367
4368     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4369         """
4370         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4371
4372         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4373         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4374         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4375         values).
4376         """
4377         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4378
4379     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4380         """
4381         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4382
4383         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4384         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4385         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4386         values).
4387         """
4388         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4389
4390     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4391         """
4392         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4393
4394         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4395         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4396         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4397         """
4398         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4399
4400     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4401         """
4402         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4403
4404         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4405         values of button are:
4406
4407              ====================      =====================================
4408              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4409              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4410              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4411              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4412              ====================      =====================================
4413
4414         """
4415         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4416
4417     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4418         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4419         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4420
4421     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4422         """
4423         GetButton(self) -> int
4424
4425         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4426         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4427         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4428         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4429         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4430         right buttons respectively.
4431         """
4432         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4433
4434     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4435         """
4436         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4437
4438         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4439         """
4440         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4441
4442     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4443         """
4444         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4445
4446         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4447         """
4448         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4449
4450     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4451         """
4452         AltDown(self) -> bool
4453
4454         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4455         """
4456         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4457
4458     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4459         """
4460         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4461
4462         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4463         """
4464         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4465
4466     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4467         """
4468         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4469
4470         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4471         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4472         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4473         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4474         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4475         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4476         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4477         """
4478         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4479
4480     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4481         """
4482         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4483
4484         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4485         """
4486         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4487
4488     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4489         """
4490         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4491
4492         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4493         """
4494         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4495
4496     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4497         """
4498         RightDown(self) -> bool
4499
4500         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4501         """
4502         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4503
4504     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4505         """
4506         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4507
4508         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4509         """
4510         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4511
4512     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4513         """
4514         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4515
4516         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4517         """
4518         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4519
4520     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4521         """
4522         RightUp(self) -> bool
4523
4524         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4525         """
4526         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4527
4528     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4529         """
4530         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4531
4532         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4533         """
4534         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4535
4536     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4537         """
4538         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4539
4540         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4541         """
4542         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4543
4544     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4545         """
4546         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4547
4548         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4549         """
4550         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4551
4552     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4553         """
4554         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4555
4556         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4557         of the current event type.
4558
4559         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4560         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4561         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4562
4563         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4564         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4565         dragging the mouse.
4566         """
4567         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4568
4569     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4570         """
4571         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4572
4573         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4574         of the current event type.
4575         """
4576         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4577
4578     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4579         """
4580         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4581
4582         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4583         of the current event type.
4584         """
4585         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4586
4587     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4588         """
4589         Dragging(self) -> bool
4590
4591         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4592         depressed).
4593         """
4594         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4595
4596     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4597         """
4598         Moving(self) -> bool
4599
4600         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4601         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4602         false and Dragging returns true.
4603         """
4604         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4605
4606     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4607         """
4608         Entering(self) -> bool
4609
4610         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4611         """
4612         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4613
4614     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4615         """
4616         Leaving(self) -> bool
4617
4618         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4619         """
4620         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4621
4622     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4623         """
4624         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4625
4626         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4627         event happened.
4628         """
4629         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4630
4631     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4632         """
4633         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4634
4635         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4636         event happened.
4637         """
4638         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4639
4640     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4641         """
4642         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4643
4644         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4645         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4646         that the window has been scrolled).
4647         """
4648         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4649
4650     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4651         """
4652         GetX(self) -> int
4653
4654         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4655         """
4656         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4657
4658     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4659         """
4660         GetY(self) -> int
4661
4662         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4663         """
4664         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4665
4666     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4667         """
4668         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4669
4670         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4671         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4672         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4673         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4674         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4675         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4676         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4677         """
4678         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4679
4680     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4681         """
4682         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4683
4684         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4685         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4686         should occur for each delta.
4687         """
4688         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4689
4690     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4691         """
4692         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4693
4694         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4695         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4696         """
4697         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4698
4699     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4700         """
4701         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4702
4703         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4704         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4705         """
4706         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4707
4708     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4709     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4710     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4711     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4712     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4713     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4714     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4715     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4716     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4717     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4718     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4719     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4720     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
4721     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
4722     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
4723     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
4724     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
4725     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
4726     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4727     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4728 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4729
4730 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4731
4732 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4733     """
4734     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4735     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4736     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4737     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4738     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4739     """
4740     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4741     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4742     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4743         """
4744         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4745
4746         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4747         """
4748         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4749     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4750         """
4751         GetX(self) -> int
4752
4753         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4754         """
4755         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4756
4757     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4758         """
4759         GetY(self) -> int
4760
4761         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4762         """
4763         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4764
4765     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4766         """
4767         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4768
4769         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4770         """
4771         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4772
4773     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4774         """
4775         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4776
4777         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4778         """
4779         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4780
4781     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4782         """
4783         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4784
4785         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4786         """
4787         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4788
4789     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
4790     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4791     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4792 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4793
4794 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4795
4796 class KeyEvent(Event):
4797     """
4798     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4799     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4800     the keyboard focus.
4801
4802     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4803     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4804     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4805     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4806     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4807     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4808     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4809     corresponding to each down one.
4810
4811     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4812     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4813     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4814     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4815     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4816     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4817     example.
4818
4819     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4820     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4821     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4822     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4823     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4824     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4825     well.
4826
4827     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4828     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4829     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4830     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4831     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4832     by the system itself.
4833
4834     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4835     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4836     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4837     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4838
4839     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4840     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4841     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4842     focus.
4843
4844     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4845     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4846     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4847     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4848
4849     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4850     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4851     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4852     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4853
4854     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4855     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4856     work under Windows.
4857
4858     """
4859     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4860     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4861     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4862         """
4863         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4864
4865         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4866             *
4867         """
4868         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4869     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4870         """
4871         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4872
4873         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4874         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4875         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4876         example::
4877
4878             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4879                 DoSomething()
4880
4881         """
4882         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4883
4884     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4885         """
4886         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4887
4888         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4889         """
4890         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4891
4892     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4893         """
4894         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4895
4896         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4897         """
4898         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4899
4900     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4901         """
4902         AltDown(self) -> bool
4903
4904         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4905         """
4906         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4907
4908     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4909         """
4910         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4911
4912         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4913         """
4914         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4915
4916     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4917         """
4918         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4919
4920         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4921         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4922         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4923         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4924         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4925         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4926         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4927         """
4928         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4929
4930     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4931         """
4932         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4933
4934         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4935         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4936         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4937         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4938         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4939         normally).
4940         """
4941         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4942
4943     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4944         """
4945         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4946
4947         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4948         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4949         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4950         codes.
4951
4952         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4953         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4954         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4955         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4956         """
4957         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4958
4959     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4960         """
4961         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4962
4963         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4964         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4965         """
4966         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4967
4968     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4969     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4970         """
4971         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4972
4973         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4974         build of wxPython.
4975         """
4976         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4977
4978     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4979         """
4980         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4981
4982         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4983         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4984         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4985         ports.
4986         """
4987         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4988
4989     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4990         """
4991         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4992
4993         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4994         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4995         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4996         """
4997         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4998
4999     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5000         """
5001         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5002
5003         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5004         """
5005         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5006
5007     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5008         """
5009         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5010
5011         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5012         """
5013         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5014
5015     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5016         """
5017         GetX(self) -> int
5018
5019         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5020         applicable.
5021         """
5022         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5023
5024     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5025         """
5026         GetY(self) -> int
5027
5028         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5029         applicable.
5030         """
5031         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5032
5033     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5034     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5035     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5036     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5037     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5038     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5039     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5040     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5041     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5042     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5043     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5044     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5045     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5046     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5047     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5048     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5049     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5050     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5051 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5052
5053 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5054
5055 class SizeEvent(Event):
5056     """
5057     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5058     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5059     been resized.
5060
5061     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5062     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5063     application.
5064
5065     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5066     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5067     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5068     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5069     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5070     invalidate the entire window.
5071
5072     """
5073     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5074     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5075     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5076         """
5077         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5078
5079         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5080         """
5081         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5082     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5083         """
5084         GetSize(self) -> Size
5085
5086         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5087         event.
5088         """
5089         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5090
5091     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5092         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5093         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5094
5095     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5096         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5097         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5098
5099     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5100         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5101         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5102
5103     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5104     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5105     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5106     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5107 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5108
5109 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5110
5111 class MoveEvent(Event):
5112     """
5113     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5114     moved to a new position.
5115     """
5116     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5117     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5118     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5119         """
5120         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5121
5122         Constructor.
5123         """
5124         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5125     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5126         """
5127         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5128
5129         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5130         """
5131         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5132
5133     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5134         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5135         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5136
5137     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5138         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5139         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5140
5141     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5142         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5143         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5144
5145     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5146     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5147
5148     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5149     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5150 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5151
5152 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5153
5154 class PaintEvent(Event):
5155     """
5156     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5157     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5158     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5159     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5160     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5161
5162     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5163     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5164     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5165     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5166     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5167     scrolled units.
5168
5169     """
5170     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5171     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5172     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5173         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5174         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5175 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5176
5177 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5178     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5179     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5180     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5181     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5182         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5183         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5184 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5185
5186 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5187
5188 class EraseEvent(Event):
5189     """
5190     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5191     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5192     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5193     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5194
5195     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5196     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5197     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5198
5199     """
5200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5203         """
5204         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5205
5206         Constructor
5207         """
5208         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5209     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5210         """
5211         GetDC(self) -> DC
5212
5213         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5214         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5215         that instead.
5216         """
5217         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5218
5219     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5220 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5221
5222 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5223
5224 class FocusEvent(Event):
5225     """
5226     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5227     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5228     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5229
5230     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5231     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5232     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5233
5234     """
5235     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5236     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5237     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5238         """
5239         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5240
5241         Constructor
5242         """
5243         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5244     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5245         """
5246         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5247
5248         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5249         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5250         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5251
5252         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5253         """
5254         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5255
5256     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5257         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5258         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5259
5260     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5261 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5262
5263 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5264
5265 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5266     """
5267     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5268     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5269     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5270
5271     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5272     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5273     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5274     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5275     """
5276     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5277     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5278     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5279         """
5280         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5281
5282         Constructor
5283         """
5284         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5285     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5286         """
5287         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5288
5289         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5290         focus.
5291         """
5292         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5293
5294     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5295 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5296
5297 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5298
5299 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5300     """
5301     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5302     application is being activated or deactivated.
5303
5304     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5305     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5306     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5307     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5308     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5309     application frames being inactive.
5310
5311     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5312     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5313     doing so can result in strange effects.
5314
5315     """
5316     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5317     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5318     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5319         """
5320         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5321
5322         Constructor
5323         """
5324         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5325     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5326         """
5327         GetActive(self) -> bool
5328
5329         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5330         otherwise.
5331         """
5332         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5333
5334     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5335 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5336
5337 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5338
5339 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5340     """
5341     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5342     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5343     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5344     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5345     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5346     """
5347     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5348     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5349     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5350         """
5351         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5352
5353         Constructor
5354         """
5355         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5356 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5357
5358 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5359
5360 class MenuEvent(Event):
5361     """
5362     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5363     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5364     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5365
5366     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5367     text in the first field of the status bar.
5368     """
5369     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5370     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5371     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5372         """
5373         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5374
5375         Constructor
5376         """
5377         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5378     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5379         """
5380         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5381
5382         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5383         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5384         """
5385         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5386
5387     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5388         """
5389         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5390
5391         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5392         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5393         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5394         """
5395         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5396
5397     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5398         """
5399         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5400
5401         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5402         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5403         """
5404         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5405
5406     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5407     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5408 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5409
5410 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5411
5412 class CloseEvent(Event):
5413     """
5414     This event class contains information about window and session close
5415     events.
5416
5417     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5418     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5419     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5420     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5421     function.
5422
5423     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5424     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5425     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5426     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5427     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5428     files or to cancel the close.
5429
5430     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5431     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5432     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5433     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5434     """
5435     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5436     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5437     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5438         """
5439         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5440
5441         Constructor.
5442         """
5443         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5444     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5445         """
5446         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5447
5448         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5449         """
5450         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5451
5452     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5453         """
5454         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5455
5456         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5457         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5458         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5459         window event.
5460         """
5461         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5462
5463     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5464         """
5465         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5466
5467         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5468         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5469
5470         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5471         """
5472         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5473
5474     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5475         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5476         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5477
5478     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5479         """
5480         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5481
5482         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5483         """
5484         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5485
5486     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5487         """
5488         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5489
5490         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5491         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5492         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5493         must be called to check this.
5494         """
5495         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5496
5497     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5498 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5499
5500 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5501
5502 class ShowEvent(Event):
5503     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5504     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5505     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5506     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5507         """
5508         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5509
5510         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5511         """
5512         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5513     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5514         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5515         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5516
5517     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5518         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5519         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5520
5521     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5522 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5523
5524 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5525
5526 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5527     """
5528     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5529     restored.
5530     """
5531     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5532     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5533     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5534         """
5535         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5536
5537         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5538         restored.
5539         """
5540         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5541     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5542         """
5543         Iconized(self) -> bool
5544
5545         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5546         been restored.
5547         """
5548         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5549
5550 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5551
5552 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5553
5554 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5555     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5556     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5557     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5558     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5559         """
5560         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5561
5562         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5563         """
5564         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5565 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5566
5567 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5568
5569 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5570     """
5571     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5572     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5573     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5574     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5575
5576     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5577     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5578     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5579     dropping files.
5580
5581     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5582     events.
5583
5584     """
5585     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5586     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5587     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5588     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5589         """
5590         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5591
5592         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5593         """
5594         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5595
5596     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5597         """
5598         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5599
5600         Returns the number of files dropped.
5601         """
5602         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5603
5604     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5605         """
5606         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5607
5608         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5609         """
5610         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5611
5612     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5613     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5614     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5615 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5616
5617 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5618
5619 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5620 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5621 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5622     """
5623     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5624     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5625     interface elements.
5626
5627     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5628     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5629     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5630     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5631     menu item or button.
5632
5633     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5634     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5635     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5636     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5637     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5638     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5639     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5640
5641     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5642     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5643     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5644     update.
5645
5646     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5647     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5648     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5649
5650     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5651     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5652
5653        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5654           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5655           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5656           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5657           events.
5658
5659        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5660           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5661           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5662           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5663           delay before windows are updated.
5664
5665     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5666     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5667     from an internal idle handler.
5668
5669     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5670     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5671     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5672
5673     """
5674     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5675     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5676     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5677         """
5678         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5679
5680         Constructor
5681         """
5682         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5683     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5684         """
5685         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5686
5687         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5688         """
5689         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5690
5691     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5692         """
5693         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5694
5695         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5696         """
5697         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5698
5699     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5700         """
5701         GetShown(self) -> bool
5702
5703         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5704         """
5705         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5706
5707     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5708         """
5709         GetText(self) -> String
5710
5711         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5712         """
5713         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5714
5715     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5716         """
5717         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5718
5719         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5720         wxWidgets internal use only.
5721         """
5722         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5723
5724     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5725         """
5726         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5727
5728         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5729         internal use only.
5730         """
5731         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5732
5733     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5734         """
5735         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5736
5737         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5738         internal use only.
5739         """
5740         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5741
5742     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5743         """
5744         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5745
5746         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5747         internal use only.
5748         """
5749         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5750
5751     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5752         """
5753         Check(self, bool check)
5754
5755         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5756         """
5757         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5758
5759     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5760         """
5761         Enable(self, bool enable)
5762
5763         Enable or disable the UI element.
5764         """
5765         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5766
5767     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5768         """
5769         Show(self, bool show)
5770
5771         Show or hide the UI element.
5772         """
5773         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5774
5775     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5776         """
5777         SetText(self, String text)
5778
5779         Sets the text for this UI element.
5780         """
5781         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5782
5783     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5784         """
5785         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5786
5787         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5788         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5789         default is 0.
5790
5791         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5792         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5793         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5794         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5795         about to be shown.
5796         """
5797         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5798
5799     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5800     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5801         """
5802         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5803
5804         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5805         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5806         """
5807         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5808
5809     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5810     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5811         """
5812         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5813
5814         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5815         to) this window.
5816
5817         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5818         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5819         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5820         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5821         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5822         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5823         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5824         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5825         interval.
5826
5827         """
5828         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5829
5830     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5831     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5832         """
5833         ResetUpdateTime()
5834
5835         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5836         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5837         is called at the end of idle processing.
5838         """
5839         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5840
5841     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5842     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5843         """
5844         SetMode(int mode)
5845
5846         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5847         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5848
5849         The mode may be one of the following values:
5850
5851             =============================   ==========================================
5852             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5853                                             is the default setting.
5854             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5855                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5856                                             style set.
5857             =============================   ==========================================
5858
5859         """
5860         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5861
5862     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5863     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5864         """
5865         GetMode() -> int
5866
5867         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5868         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5869         events.
5870         """
5871         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5872
5873     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5874 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5875
5876 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5877   """
5878     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5879
5880     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5881     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5882     default is 0.
5883
5884     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5885     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5886     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5887     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5888     about to be shown.
5889     """
5890   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5891
5892 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5893   """
5894     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5895
5896     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5897     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5898     """
5899   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5900
5901 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5902   """
5903     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5904
5905     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5906     to) this window.
5907
5908     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5909     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5910     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5911     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5912     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5913     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5914     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5915     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5916     interval.
5917
5918     """
5919   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5920
5921 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5922   """
5923     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5924
5925     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5926     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5927     is called at the end of idle processing.
5928     """
5929   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5930
5931 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5932   """
5933     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5934
5935     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5936     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5937
5938     The mode may be one of the following values:
5939
5940         =============================   ==========================================
5941         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5942                                         is the default setting.
5943         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5944                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5945                                         style set.
5946         =============================   ==========================================
5947
5948     """
5949   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5950
5951 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5952   """
5953     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5954
5955     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5956     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5957     events.
5958     """
5959   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5960
5961 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5962
5963 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5964     """
5965     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5966     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5967     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5968
5969     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5970     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5971     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5972     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5973     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5974
5975     """
5976     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5977     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5978     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5979         """
5980         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5981
5982         Constructor
5983         """
5984         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5985 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5986
5987 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5988
5989 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5990     """
5991     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5992     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5993     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5994     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5995     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5996
5997     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5998     """
5999     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6000     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6001     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6002         """
6003         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6004
6005         Constructor
6006         """
6007         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6008     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6009         """
6010         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6011
6012         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6013         non-wxWidgets window.
6014         """
6015         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6016
6017     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6018 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6019
6020 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6021
6022 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6023     """
6024     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6025     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6026     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6027     the mouse.
6028
6029     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6030     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6031     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6032     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6033     ReleaseMouse.
6034
6035     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6036
6037     """
6038     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6039     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6040     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6041         """
6042         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6043
6044         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6045         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6046         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6047         the mouse.
6048
6049         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6050         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6051         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6052         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6053         ReleaseMouse.
6054
6055         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6056
6057         """
6058         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6059 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6060
6061 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6062
6063 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6064     """
6065     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6066     resolution has changed.
6067
6068     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6069     """
6070     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6071     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6072     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6073         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6074         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6075 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6076
6077 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6078
6079 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6080     """
6081     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6082     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6083     match.
6084
6085     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6086     """
6087     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6088     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6089     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6090         """
6091         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6092
6093         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6094         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6095         match.
6096
6097         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6098         """
6099         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6100     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6101         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6102         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6103
6104     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6105         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6106         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6107
6108     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6109 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6110
6111 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6112
6113 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6114     """
6115     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6116     focus and should re-do its palette.
6117
6118     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6119     """
6120     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6121     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6122     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6123         """
6124         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6125
6126         Constructor.
6127         """
6128         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6129     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6130         """
6131         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6132
6133         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6134         """
6135         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6136
6137     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6138         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6139         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6140
6141     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6142 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6143
6144 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6145
6146 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6147     """
6148     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6149     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6150     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6151     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6152     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6153     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6154     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6155     """
6156     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6157     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6158     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6159         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6160         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6161     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6162         """
6163         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6164
6165         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6166         """
6167         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6168
6169     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6170         """
6171         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6172
6173         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6174         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6175         """
6176         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6177
6178     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6179         """
6180         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6181
6182         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6183         """
6184         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6185
6186     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6187         """
6188         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6189
6190         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6191         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6192         by using Control-Tab.
6193         """
6194         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6195
6196     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6197         """
6198         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6199
6200         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6201         key.
6202         """
6203         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6204
6205     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6206         """
6207         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6208
6209         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6210         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6211         """
6212         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6213
6214     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6215         """
6216         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6217
6218         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6219
6220             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6221             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6222             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6223             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6224
6225         """
6226         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6227
6228     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6229         """
6230         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6231
6232         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6233         ``None``.
6234         """
6235         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6236
6237     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6238         """
6239         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6240
6241         Set the window that has the focus.
6242         """
6243         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6244
6245     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6246     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6247     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6248     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6249     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6250     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6251 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6252
6253 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6254
6255 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6256     """
6257     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6258     underlying GUI object) exists.
6259     """
6260     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6261     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6262     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6263         """
6264         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6265
6266         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6267         underlying GUI object) exists.
6268         """
6269         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6270     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6271         """
6272         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6273
6274         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6275         """
6276         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6277
6278 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6279
6280 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6281     """
6282     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6283     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6284
6285     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6286     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6287     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6288     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6289     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6290     notification of the destruction of another window.
6291     """
6292     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6293     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6294     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6295         """
6296         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6297
6298         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6299         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6300
6301         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6302         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6303         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6304         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6305         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6306         notification of the destruction of another window.
6307         """
6308         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6309     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6310         """
6311         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6312
6313         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6314         """
6315         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6316
6317 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6318
6319 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6320
6321 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6322     """
6323     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6324     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6325     """
6326     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6327     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6328     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6329         """
6330         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6331
6332         Constructor.
6333         """
6334         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6335     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6336         """
6337         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6338
6339         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6340         be shown.
6341         """
6342         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6343
6344     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6345         """
6346         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6347
6348         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6349         """
6350         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6351
6352     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6353 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6354
6355 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6356
6357 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6358 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6359 class IdleEvent(Event):
6360     """
6361     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6362     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6363     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6364     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6365     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6366     events and then becomes empty again.
6367
6368     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6369     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6370     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6371     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6372     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6373     to those windows and not to any others.
6374     """
6375     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6376     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6377     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6378         """
6379         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6380
6381         Constructor
6382         """
6383         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6384     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6385         """
6386         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6387
6388         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6389         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6390         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6391         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6392         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6393         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6394         system.
6395         """
6396         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6397
6398     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6399         """
6400         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6401
6402         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6403         requested more processing time.
6404         """
6405         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6406
6407     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6408         """
6409         SetMode(int mode)
6410
6411         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6412         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6413         events.
6414
6415         The mode can be one of the following values:
6416
6417             =========================   ========================================
6418             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6419             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6420                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6421                                         flag set.
6422             =========================   ========================================
6423
6424         """
6425         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6426
6427     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6428     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6429         """
6430         GetMode() -> int
6431
6432         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6433         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6434         will process the events.
6435         """
6436         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6437
6438     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6439     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6440         """
6441         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6442
6443         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6444         window.
6445
6446         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6447         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6448         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6449         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6450         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6451         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6452         """
6453         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6454
6455     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6456 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6457
6458 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6459   """
6460     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6461
6462     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6463     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6464     events.
6465
6466     The mode can be one of the following values:
6467
6468         =========================   ========================================
6469         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6470         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6471                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6472                                     flag set.
6473         =========================   ========================================
6474
6475     """
6476   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6477
6478 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6479   """
6480     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6481
6482     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6483     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6484     will process the events.
6485     """
6486   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6487
6488 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6489   """
6490     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6491
6492     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6493     window.
6494
6495     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6496     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6497     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6498     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6499     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6500     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6501     """
6502   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6503
6504 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6505
6506 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6507     """
6508     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6509     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6510     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6511     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6512     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6513     """
6514     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6515     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6516     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6517         """
6518         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6519
6520         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6521         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6522         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6523         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6524         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6525         """
6526         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6527 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6528
6529 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6530
6531 class PyEvent(Event):
6532     """
6533     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6534     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6535     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6536     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6537     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6538
6539     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6540
6541     """
6542     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6543     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6544     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6545         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6546         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6547         self._SetSelf(self)
6548
6549     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6550     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6551     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6552         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6553         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6554
6555     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6556         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6557         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6558
6559 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6560
6561 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6562     """
6563     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6564     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6565     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6566     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6567     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6568     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6569
6570     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6571
6572     """
6573     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6574     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6575     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6576         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6577         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6578         self._SetSelf(self)
6579
6580     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6581     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6582     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6583         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6584         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6585
6586     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6587         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6588         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6589
6590 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6591
6592 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6593     """
6594     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6595     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6596     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6597     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6598     """
6599     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6600     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6601     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6602         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6603         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6604     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6605         """
6606         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6607
6608         Returns the date.
6609         """
6610         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6611
6612     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6613         """
6614         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6615
6616         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6617         internally.
6618         """
6619         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6620
6621     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
6622 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6623
6624 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6625 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6626
6627 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6628
6629 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6630 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6631 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6632 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6633 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6634 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6635 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6636     """
6637     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6638     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6639     """
6640     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6641     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6642     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6643         """
6644         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6645
6646         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6647         """
6648         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6649         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6650         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6651
6652     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6653     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6654     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6655         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6656         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6657
6658     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6659         """
6660         GetAppName(self) -> String
6661
6662         Get the application name.
6663         """
6664         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6665
6666     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6667         """
6668         SetAppName(self, String name)
6669
6670         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6671         `wx.Config` and such.
6672         """
6673         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6674
6675     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6676         """
6677         GetClassName(self) -> String
6678
6679         Get the application's class name.
6680         """
6681         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6682
6683     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6684         """
6685         SetClassName(self, String name)
6686
6687         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6688         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6689         """
6690         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6691
6692     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6693         """
6694         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6695
6696         Get the application's vendor name.
6697         """
6698         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6699
6700     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6701         """
6702         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6703
6704         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6705         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6706         """
6707         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6708
6709     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6710         """
6711         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6712
6713         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6714         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6715         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6716         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6717         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6718         differences behind the common facade.
6719
6720         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6721         """
6722         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6723
6724     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6725         """
6726         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6727
6728         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6729         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6730         during each event loop iteration.
6731         """
6732         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6733
6734     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6735         """
6736         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6737
6738         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6739         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6740         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6741
6742         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6743               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6744               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6745               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6746
6747         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6748
6749         """
6750         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6751
6752     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6753         """
6754         WakeUpIdle(self)
6755
6756         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6757         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6758         """
6759         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6760
6761     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6762         """
6763         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6764
6765         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6766         currently be dispatched.
6767         """
6768         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6769
6770     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6771     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6772         """
6773         MainLoop(self) -> int
6774
6775         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6776         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6777         """
6778         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6779
6780     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6781         """
6782         Exit(self)
6783
6784         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6785         :see: `wx.Exit`
6786         """
6787         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6788
6789     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6790         """
6791         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> wxLayoutDirection
6792
6793         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
6794         """
6795         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6796
6797     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6798         """
6799         ExitMainLoop(self)
6800
6801         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6802         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6803         """
6804         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6805
6806     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6807         """
6808         Pending(self) -> bool
6809
6810         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6811         """
6812         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6813
6814     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6815         """
6816         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6817
6818         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6819         appears if there are none currently)
6820         """
6821         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6822
6823     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6824         """
6825         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6826
6827         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6828         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6829         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6830         """
6831         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6832
6833     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6834         """
6835         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6836
6837         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6838         idle time is requested.
6839         """
6840         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6841
6842     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6843         """
6844         IsActive(self) -> bool
6845
6846         Return True if our app has focus.
6847         """
6848         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6849
6850     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6851         """
6852         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6853
6854         Set the *main* top level window
6855         """
6856         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6857
6858     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6859         """
6860         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6861
6862         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6863         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6864         there not any, will return None)
6865         """
6866         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6867
6868     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6869         """
6870         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6871
6872         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6873         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6874         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6875         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6876         explicitly from somewhere.
6877         """
6878         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6879
6880     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6881         """
6882         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6883
6884         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6885         """
6886         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6887
6888     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6889         """
6890         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6891
6892         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6893         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6894         """
6895         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6896
6897     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6898         """
6899         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6900
6901         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6902         """
6903         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6904
6905     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6906         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6907         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6908
6909     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6910         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6911         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6912
6913     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6914         """
6915         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6916
6917         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6918         """
6919         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6920
6921     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6922         """
6923         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6924
6925         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6926         """
6927         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6928
6929     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6930         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6931         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6932
6933     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6934     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6935         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6936         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6937
6938     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6939     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6940         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6941         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6942
6943     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6944     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6945         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6946         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6947
6948     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6949     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6950         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6951         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6952
6953     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6954     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6955         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6956         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6957
6958     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6959     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6960         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6961         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6962
6963     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6964     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6965         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6966         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6967
6968     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6969     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6970         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6971         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6972
6973     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6974     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6975         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6976         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6977
6978     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6979     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6980         """
6981         _BootstrapApp(self)
6982
6983         For internal use only
6984         """
6985         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6986
6987     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6988         """
6989         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6990
6991         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6992         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6993         """
6994         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6995
6996     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6997     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
6998         """
6999         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7000
7001         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7002         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7003
7004            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7005              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7006              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7007
7008            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7009              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7010              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7011              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7012
7013            * On MS Windows...
7014
7015         """
7016         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7017
7018     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7019     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7020     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7021     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7022     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7023     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7024     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7025     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7026     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7027     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7028     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7029     Active = property(IsActive)
7030 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7031
7032 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7033   """
7034     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7035
7036     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7037     currently be dispatched.
7038     """
7039   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7040
7041 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7042   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7043   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7044
7045 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7046   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7047   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7048
7049 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7050   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7051   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7052
7053 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7054   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7055   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7056
7057 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7058   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7059   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7060
7061 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7062   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7063   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7064
7065 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7066   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7067   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7068
7069 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7070   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7071   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7072
7073 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7074   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7075   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7076
7077 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7078   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7079   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7080
7081 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7082   """
7083     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7084
7085     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7086     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7087     """
7088   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7089
7090 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7091   """
7092     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7093
7094     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7095     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7096
7097        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7098          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7099          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7100
7101        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7102          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7103          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7104          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7105
7106        * On MS Windows...
7107
7108     """
7109   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7110
7111 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7112
7113
7114 def Exit(*args):
7115   """
7116     Exit()
7117
7118     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7119     """
7120   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7121
7122 def Yield(*args):
7123   """
7124     Yield() -> bool
7125
7126     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7127     """
7128   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7129
7130 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7131   """
7132     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7133
7134     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7135     """
7136   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7137
7138 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7139   """
7140     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7141
7142     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7143     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7144     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7145     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7146     interaction.
7147
7148     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7149     """
7150   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7151
7152 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7153   """
7154     WakeUpIdle()
7155
7156     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7157     sent.
7158     """
7159   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7160
7161 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7162   """
7163     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7164
7165     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7166     later.
7167     """
7168   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7169
7170 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7171   """
7172     App_CleanUp()
7173
7174     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7175     Python shuts down.
7176     """
7177   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7178
7179 def GetApp(*args):
7180   """
7181     GetApp() -> PyApp
7182
7183     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7184     """
7185   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7186
7187 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7188   """
7189     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7190
7191     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7192     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7193
7194     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7195     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7196     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7197     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7198     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7199     """
7200   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7201
7202 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7203   """
7204     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7205
7206     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7207     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7208     """
7209   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7210 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7211
7212 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7213     """
7214     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7215     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7216     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7217     and write the text there.
7218     """
7219     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7220         self.frame  = None
7221         self.title  = title
7222         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7223         self.size   = (450, 300)
7224         self.parent = None
7225
7226     def SetParent(self, parent):
7227         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7228         self.parent = parent
7229
7230
7231     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7232         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7233                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7234         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7235                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7236         self.text.AppendText(st)
7237         self.frame.Show(True)
7238         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7239
7240
7241     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7242         if self.frame is not None:
7243             self.frame.Destroy()
7244         self.frame = None
7245         self.text  = None
7246
7247
7248     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7249     def write(self, text):
7250         """
7251         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7252         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7253         CallAfter to do the work there.
7254         """
7255         if self.frame is None:
7256             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7257                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7258             else:
7259                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7260         else:
7261             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7262                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7263             else:
7264                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7265
7266
7267     def close(self):
7268         if self.frame is not None:
7269             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7270
7271
7272     def flush(self):
7273         pass
7274
7275
7276
7277 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7278
7279 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7280
7281 class App(wx.PyApp):
7282     """
7283     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7284
7285       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7286         gui toolkit
7287       * set and get application-wide properties
7288       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7289         and to dispatch events to window instances
7290       * etc.
7291
7292     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7293     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7294     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7295     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7296
7297     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7298     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7299     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7300
7301     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7302            directly.
7303     """
7304
7305     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7306
7307     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7308                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7309         """
7310         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7311
7312         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7313             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7314             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7315             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7316             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7317             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7318             class of your choosing.)
7319
7320         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7321             redirect is True.
7322
7323         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7324             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7325             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7326             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7327             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7328             toolkit is initialized.
7329
7330         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7331             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7332             GUI apps will.
7333
7334         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7335             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7336             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7337         """
7338
7339         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7340
7341         # make sure we can create a GUI
7342         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7343
7344             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7345                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7346 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7347 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7348
7349             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7350                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7351
7352             else:
7353                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7354                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7355
7356             raise SystemExit(msg)
7357
7358         # This has to be done before OnInit
7359         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7360
7361         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7362         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7363         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7364         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7365         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7366         # expected (depending on platform.)
7367         if clearSigInt:
7368             try:
7369                 import signal
7370                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7371             except:
7372                 pass
7373
7374         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7375         self.stdioWin = None
7376         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7377         if redirect:
7378             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7379
7380         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7381         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7382
7383         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7384         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7385         self._BootstrapApp()
7386
7387
7388     def OnPreInit(self):
7389         """
7390         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7391         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7392         that OnInit is called.
7393         """
7394         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7395
7396
7397     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7398         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7399         destroy(self)
7400
7401     def Destroy(self):
7402         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7403         self.thisown = 0
7404
7405     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7406         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7407         if self.stdioWin:
7408             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7409         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7410
7411
7412     def MainLoop(self):
7413         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7414         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7415         self.RestoreStdio()
7416
7417
7418     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7419         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7420         if filename:
7421             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7422         else:
7423             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7424             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7425
7426
7427     def RestoreStdio(self):
7428         try:
7429             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7430         except:
7431             pass
7432
7433
7434     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7435         """
7436         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7437         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7438         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7439         """
7440         if self.stdioWin:
7441             if title is not None:
7442                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7443             if pos is not None:
7444                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7445             if size is not None:
7446                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7452 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7453 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7454 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7455 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7456 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7457 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7458 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7459 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7460 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7461 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7462 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7463
7464 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7465
7466 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7467     """
7468     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7469     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7470     about OnInit.  For example::
7471
7472         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7473         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7474         frame.Show()
7475         app.MainLoop()
7476
7477     :see: `wx.App`
7478     """
7479
7480     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7481                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7482         """
7483         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7484         """
7485         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7486
7487     def OnInit(self):
7488         return True
7489
7490
7491
7492 # Is anybody using this one?
7493 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7494     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7495         self.size = size
7496         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7497
7498     def OnInit(self):
7499         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7500         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7501         return True
7502
7503     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7504         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7505         self.frame.Show(True)
7506
7507 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7508 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7509 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7510 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7511 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7512
7513 class __wxPyCleanup:
7514     def __init__(self):
7515         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7516     def __del__(self):
7517         self.cleanup()
7518
7519 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7520
7521 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7522 ## import atexit
7523 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7524
7525
7526 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7527
7528 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7529
7530 class EventLoop(object):
7531     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7532     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7533     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7534     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7535         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7536         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7537     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7538     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7539     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7540         """Run(self) -> int"""
7541         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7542
7543     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7544         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7545         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7546
7547     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7548         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7549         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7550
7551     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7552         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7553         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7554
7555     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7556         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7557         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7558
7559     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7560         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7561         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7562
7563     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7564     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7565         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7566         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7567
7568     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7569 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7570
7571 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7572   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7573   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7574
7575 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7576   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7577   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7578
7579 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7580     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7581     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7582     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7583     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7584         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7585         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7586     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7587     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7588 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7589
7590 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7591
7592 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7593 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7594 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7595 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7596 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7597 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7598     """
7599     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7600     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7601     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7602     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7603
7604     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7605     """
7606     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7607     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7608     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7609         """
7610         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7611
7612         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7613         """
7614         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7615     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7616     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7617     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7618         """
7619         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7620
7621         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7622         :see `__init__`
7623         """
7624         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7625
7626     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7627         """
7628         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7629
7630         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7631         it coulnd't be parsed.
7632         """
7633         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7634
7635     Create = staticmethod(Create)
7636     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7637         """
7638         GetFlags(self) -> int
7639
7640         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7641         """
7642         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7643
7644     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7645         """
7646         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7647
7648         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7649         """
7650         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7651
7652     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7653         """
7654         GetCommand(self) -> int
7655
7656         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7657         """
7658         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7659
7660     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7661         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7662         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7663
7664     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
7665         """
7666         ToString(self) -> String
7667
7668         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
7669         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
7670         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
7671
7672         """
7673         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
7674
7675     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
7676         """
7677         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
7678
7679         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
7680         """
7681         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
7682
7683     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
7684     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
7685     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
7686 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7687
7688 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
7689   """
7690     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7691
7692     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7693     it coulnd't be parsed.
7694     """
7695   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7696
7697 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7698     """
7699     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7700     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7701     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7702     supported.
7703     """
7704     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7705     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7706     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7707         """
7708         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7709
7710         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7711         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7712
7713         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7714         """
7715         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7716     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7717     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7718     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7719         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7720         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7721
7722 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7723
7724
7725 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7726   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7727   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7728 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7729
7730 class VisualAttributes(object):
7731     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7732     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7733     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7734     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7735         """
7736         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7737
7738         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7739         """
7740         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7741     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7742     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7743     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7744     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7745     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7746 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7747 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7748 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7749
7750 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7751 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7752 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7753 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7754 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7755 class Window(EvtHandler):
7756     """
7757     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7758     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7759     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7760     appear on screen themselves.
7761
7762     """
7763     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7764     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7765     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7766         """
7767         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7768             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7769
7770         Construct and show a generic Window.
7771         """
7772         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7773         self._setOORInfo(self)
7774
7775     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7776         """
7777         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7778             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7779
7780         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7781         """
7782         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7783
7784     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7785         """
7786         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7787
7788         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7789         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7790         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7791         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7792         """
7793         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7794
7795     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7796         """
7797         Destroy(self) -> bool
7798
7799         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7800         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7801         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7802         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7803         non-existent windows.
7804
7805         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7806         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7807         """
7808         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7809         args[0].thisown = 0
7810         return val
7811
7812     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7813         """
7814         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7815
7816         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7817         destructor.
7818         """
7819         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7820
7821     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7822         """
7823         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7824
7825         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7826         """
7827         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7828
7829     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7830         """
7831         SetLabel(self, String label)
7832
7833         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7834         """
7835         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7836
7837     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7838         """
7839         GetLabel(self) -> String
7840
7841         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7842         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7843         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7844         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7845         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7846         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7847         """
7848         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7849
7850     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7851         """
7852         SetName(self, String name)
7853
7854         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7855         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7856         """
7857         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7858
7859     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7860         """
7861         GetName(self) -> String
7862
7863         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7864         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7865         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7866         """
7867         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7868
7869     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7870         """
7871         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7872
7873         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7874         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7875         """
7876         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7877
7878     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7879         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7880         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7881
7882     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7883         """
7884         SetId(self, int winid)
7885
7886         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7887         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7888         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7889         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7890         """
7891         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7892
7893     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7894         """
7895         GetId(self) -> int
7896
7897         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7898         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7899         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7900         generated.
7901         """
7902         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7903
7904     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7905         """
7906         NewControlId() -> int
7907
7908         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7909         """
7910         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7911
7912     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7913     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7914         """
7915         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7916
7917         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7918         autogenerated) id
7919         """
7920         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7921
7922     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7923     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7924         """
7925         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7926
7927         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7928         autogenerated) id
7929         """
7930         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7931
7932     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7933     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7934         """
7935         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> wxLayoutDirection
7936
7937         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
7938         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
7939         """
7940         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7941
7942     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7943         """
7944         SetLayoutDirection(self, wxLayoutDirection dir)
7945
7946         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
7947         """
7948         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7949
7950     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7951         """
7952         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
7953
7954         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
7955         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
7956         """
7957         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7958
7959     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7960         """
7961         SetSize(self, Size size)
7962
7963         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7964         """
7965         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7966
7967     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7968         """
7969         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7970
7971         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7972         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7973         equal to -1.
7974
7975             ========================  ======================================
7976             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7977                                       default should be used.
7978             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7979                                       -1 values are supplied.
7980             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7981                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7982                                       default values.
7983             ========================  ======================================
7984
7985         """
7986         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7987
7988     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7989         """
7990         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7991
7992         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7993         """
7994         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7995
7996     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7997         """
7998         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7999
8000         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8001         """
8002         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8003
8004     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8005         """
8006         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8007
8008         Moves the window to the given position.
8009         """
8010         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8011
8012     SetPosition = Move
8013     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8014         """
8015         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8016
8017         Moves the window to the given position.
8018         """
8019         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8020
8021     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8022         """
8023         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8024
8025         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8026         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8027         """
8028         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8029
8030     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8031         """
8032         Raise(self)
8033
8034         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8035         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8036         """
8037         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8038
8039     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8040         """
8041         Lower(self)
8042
8043         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8044         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8045         """
8046         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8047
8048     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8049         """
8050         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8051
8052         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8053         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8054         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8055         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8056         around panel items, for example.
8057         """
8058         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8059
8060     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8061         """
8062         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8063
8064         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8065         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8066         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8067         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8068         around panel items, for example.
8069         """
8070         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8071
8072     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8073         """
8074         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8075
8076         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8077         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8078         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8079         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8080         around panel items, for example.
8081         """
8082         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8083
8084     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8085         """
8086         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8087
8088         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8089         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8090         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8091         kinds of windows.
8092         """
8093         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8094
8095     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8096         """
8097         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8098
8099         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8100         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8101         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8102         kinds of windows.
8103         """
8104         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8105
8106     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8107         """
8108         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8109
8110         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8111         """
8112         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8113
8114     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8115         """
8116         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8117
8118         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8119         """
8120         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8121
8122     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8123         """
8124         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8125
8126         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8127         a `wx.Rect` object.
8128         """
8129         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8130
8131     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8132         """
8133         GetSize(self) -> Size
8134
8135         Get the window size.
8136         """
8137         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8138
8139     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8140         """
8141         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8142
8143         Get the window size.
8144         """
8145         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8146
8147     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8148         """
8149         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8150
8151         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8152         """
8153         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8154
8155     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8156         """
8157         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8158
8159         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8160         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8161         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8162         """
8163         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8164
8165     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8166         """
8167         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8168
8169         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8170         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8171         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8172         """
8173         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8174
8175     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8176         """
8177         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8178
8179         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8180         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8181         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8182         """
8183         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8184
8185     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8186         """
8187         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8188
8189         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8190         """
8191         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8192
8193     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8194         """
8195         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8196
8197         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8198         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8199         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8200         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8201         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8202         after calling Fit.
8203         """
8204         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8205
8206     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8207         """
8208         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8209
8210         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8211         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8212         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8213         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8214         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8215         after calling Fit.
8216         """
8217         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8218
8219     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8220         """
8221         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8222
8223         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8224         time it is needed.
8225         """
8226         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8227
8228     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8229         """
8230         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8231
8232         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8233         some properties of the window change.)
8234         """
8235         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8236
8237     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8238         """
8239         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8240
8241         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8242         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8243         the results.
8244
8245         """
8246         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8247
8248     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8249         """
8250         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8251
8252         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8253         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8254         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8255         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8256         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8257         tolerate.
8258         """
8259         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8260
8261     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8262         """
8263         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8264
8265         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8266         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8267         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8268         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8269         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8270         relative to the screen.
8271         """
8272         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8273
8274     Centre = Center
8275     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8276         """
8277         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8278
8279         Center with respect to the the parent window
8280         """
8281         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8282
8283     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8284     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8285         """
8286         Fit(self)
8287
8288         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8289         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8290         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8291         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8292         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8293         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8294         instead of calling Fit.
8295         """
8296         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8297
8298     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8299         """
8300         FitInside(self)
8301
8302         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8303         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8304         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8305         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8306         anything if there are no subwindows.
8307         """
8308         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8309
8310     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8311         """
8312         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8313             int incH=-1)
8314
8315         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8316         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8317         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8318         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8319         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8320         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8321
8322         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8323         """
8324         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8325
8326     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8327         """
8328         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8329
8330         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8331         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8332         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8333         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8334         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8335         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8336
8337         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8338         """
8339         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8340
8341     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8342         """
8343         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8344
8345         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8346         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8347         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8348         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8349         """
8350         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8351
8352     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8353         """
8354         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8355
8356         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8357         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8358         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8359         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8360         """
8361         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8362
8363     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8364         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8365         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8366
8367     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8368         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8369         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8370
8371     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8372         """
8373         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8374
8375         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8376         min size.
8377         """
8378         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8379
8380     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8381         """
8382         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8383
8384         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8385         max size.
8386         """
8387         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8388
8389     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8390         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8391         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8392
8393     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8394         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8395         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8396
8397     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8398         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8399         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8400
8401     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8402         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8403         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8404
8405     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8406         """
8407         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8408
8409         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8410         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8411         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8412         """
8413         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8414
8415     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8416         """
8417         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8418
8419         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8420         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8421         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8422         """
8423         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8424
8425     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8426         """
8427         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8428
8429         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8430         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8431         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8432         """
8433         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8434
8435     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8436         """
8437         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8438
8439         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8440         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8441         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8442         """
8443         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8444
8445     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8446         """
8447         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8448
8449         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8450         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8451         """
8452         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8453
8454     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8455         """
8456         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8457
8458         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8459         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8460         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8461         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8462         because it already was in the requested state.
8463         """
8464         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8465
8466     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8467         """
8468         Hide(self) -> bool
8469
8470         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8471         """
8472         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8473
8474     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8475         """
8476         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8477
8478         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8479         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8480         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8481         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8482         window had already been in the specified state.
8483         """
8484         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8485
8486     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8487         """
8488         Disable(self) -> bool
8489
8490         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8491         """
8492         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8493
8494     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8495         """
8496         IsShown(self) -> bool
8497
8498         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8499         """
8500         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8501
8502     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8503         """
8504         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8505
8506         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8507         """
8508         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8509
8510     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
8511         """
8512         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
8513
8514         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
8515         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
8516         shown as well.
8517         """
8518         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
8519
8520     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8521         """
8522         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8523
8524         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8525         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8526         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8527         immediately.
8528         """
8529         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8530
8531     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8532         """
8533         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8534
8535         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8536         method.
8537         """
8538         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8539
8540     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8541     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8542         """
8543         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8544
8545         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8546         """
8547         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8548
8549     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8550         """
8551         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8552
8553         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8554         windows are only available on X platforms.
8555         """
8556         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8557
8558     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8559         """
8560         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8561
8562         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8563         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8564         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8565         """
8566         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8567
8568     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8569         """
8570         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8571
8572         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8573         """
8574         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8575
8576     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8577         """
8578         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8579
8580         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8581         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8582         effect.
8583         """
8584         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8585
8586     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8587         """
8588         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8589
8590         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8591          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8592          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8593          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8594          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8595          user's selected theme.
8596
8597         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8598         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8599         """
8600         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8601
8602     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8603         """
8604         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8605
8606         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8607         """
8608         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8609
8610     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8611         """
8612         SetFocus(self)
8613
8614         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8615         """
8616         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8617
8618     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8619         """
8620         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8621
8622         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8623         only called internally.
8624         """
8625         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8626
8627     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8628         """
8629         FindFocus() -> Window
8630
8631         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8632         or None.
8633         """
8634         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8635
8636     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8637     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8638         """
8639         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8640
8641         Can this window have focus?
8642         """
8643         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8644
8645     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8646         """
8647         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8648
8649         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8650         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8651         it.
8652         """
8653         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8654
8655     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8656         """
8657         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8658
8659         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8660         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8661         """
8662         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8663
8664     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8665         """
8666         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8667
8668         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8669         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8670         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8671
8672         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8673         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8674         windows.
8675
8676         """
8677         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8678
8679     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8680         """
8681         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8682
8683         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8684         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8685         """
8686         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8687
8688     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8689         """
8690         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8691
8692         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8693         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8694         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8695         do not change.
8696         """
8697         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8698
8699     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8700         """
8701         GetParent(self) -> Window
8702
8703         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8704         """
8705         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8706
8707     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8708         """
8709         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8710
8711         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8712         isn't one.
8713         """
8714         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8715
8716     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8717         """
8718         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8719
8720         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8721         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8722         if they have a parent window).
8723         """
8724         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8725
8726     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8727         """
8728         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8729
8730         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8731         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8732         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8733         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8734         oldParent)
8735         """
8736         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8737
8738     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8739         """
8740         AddChild(self, Window child)
8741
8742         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8743         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8744         """
8745         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8746
8747     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8748         """
8749         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8750
8751         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8752         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8753         programmer.
8754         """
8755         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8756
8757     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8758         """
8759         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8760
8761         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8762         """
8763         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8764
8765     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8766         """
8767         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8768
8769         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8770         """
8771         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8772
8773     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8774         """
8775         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8776
8777         Find a child of this window by name
8778         """
8779         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8780
8781     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8782         """
8783         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8784
8785         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8786         its own event handler.
8787         """
8788         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8789
8790     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8791         """
8792         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8793
8794         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8795         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8796         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8797         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8798         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8799
8800         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8801         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8802         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8803         """
8804         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8805
8806     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8807         """
8808         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8809
8810         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8811         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8812         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8813         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8814         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8815         window classes.
8816
8817         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8818         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8819         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8820         remove the event handler.
8821         """
8822         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8823
8824     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8825         """
8826         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8827
8828         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8829         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8830         destroyed after it is popped.
8831         """
8832         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8833
8834     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8835         """
8836         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8837
8838         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8839         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8840         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8841         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8842         there.)
8843         """
8844         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8845
8846     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8847         """
8848         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8849
8850         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8851         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8852         type.
8853         """
8854         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8855
8856     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8857         """
8858         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8859
8860         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8861         there is none.
8862         """
8863         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8864
8865     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8866         """
8867         Validate(self) -> bool
8868
8869         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8870         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8871         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8872         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8873         """
8874         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8875
8876     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8877         """
8878         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8879
8880         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8881         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8882         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8883         all child windows.
8884         """
8885         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8886
8887     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8888         """
8889         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8890
8891         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8892         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8893         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8894         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8895         """
8896         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8897
8898     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8899         """
8900         InitDialog(self)
8901
8902         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8903         to the dialog via validators.
8904         """
8905         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8906
8907     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8908         """
8909         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8910
8911         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8912         """
8913         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8914
8915     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8916         """
8917         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8918
8919         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8920         """
8921         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8922
8923     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8924         """
8925         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8926
8927         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8928         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8929         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8930         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8931         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8932         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8933         hotkey was registered successfully.
8934         """
8935         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8936
8937     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8938         """
8939         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8940
8941         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8942         """
8943         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8944
8945     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8946         """
8947         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8948
8949         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8950         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8951         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8952         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8953         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8954         then divided by 8.
8955         """
8956         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8957
8958     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8959         """
8960         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8961
8962         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8963         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8964         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8965         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8966         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8967         then divided by 8.
8968         """
8969         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8970
8971     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8972         """
8973         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8974
8975         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8976         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8977         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8978         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8979         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8980         then divided by 8.
8981         """
8982         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8983
8984     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8985         """
8986         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8987
8988         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8989         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8990         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8991         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8992         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8993         then divided by 8.
8994         """
8995         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8996
8997     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8998         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8999         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9000
9001     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9002         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9003         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9004
9005     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9006         """
9007         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9008
9009         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9010
9011         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9012         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9013         """
9014         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9015
9016     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9017         """
9018         CaptureMouse(self)
9019
9020         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9021         release the capture.
9022
9023         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9024         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9025         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9026         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9027         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9028         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9029
9030         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9031         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9032         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9033         recapture mouse.
9034         """
9035         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9036
9037     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9038         """
9039         ReleaseMouse(self)
9040
9041         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9042         """
9043         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9044
9045     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9046         """
9047         GetCapture() -> Window
9048
9049         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9050         """
9051         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9052
9053     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9054     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9055         """
9056         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9057
9058         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9059         """
9060         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9061
9062     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9063         """
9064         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9065
9066         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9067         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9068         to the window.
9069         """
9070         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9071
9072     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9073         """
9074         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9075
9076         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9077         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9078         """
9079         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9080
9081     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9082         """
9083         Update(self)
9084
9085         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9086         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9087         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9088         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9089         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
9090         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9091         it) unconditionally.
9092         """
9093         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9094
9095     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9096         """
9097         ClearBackground(self)
9098
9099         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9100         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9101         """
9102         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9103
9104     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9105         """
9106         Freeze(self)
9107
9108         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9109         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9110         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9111         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9112         been undone.
9113
9114         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9115         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9116         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9117         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9118         mandatory directive.
9119         """
9120         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9121
9122     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9123         """
9124         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9125
9126         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9127
9128         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9129         """
9130         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9131
9132     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9133         """
9134         Thaw(self)
9135
9136         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9137         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9138         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9139         """
9140         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9141
9142     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9143         """
9144         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9145
9146         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9147         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9148         scroll position.
9149         """
9150         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9151
9152     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9153         """
9154         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9155
9156         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9157         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9158         """
9159         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9160
9161     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9162         """
9163         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9164
9165         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9166         """
9167         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9168
9169     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9170         """
9171         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9172
9173         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9174         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9175         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9176         exposed.
9177         """
9178         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9179
9180     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9181         """
9182         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9183
9184         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9185         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9186         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9187         exposed.
9188         """
9189         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9190
9191     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9192         """
9193         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9194
9195         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9196         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9197         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9198         exposed.
9199         """
9200         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9201
9202     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9203         """
9204         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9205
9206         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9207         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9208         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9209         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9210         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9211         """
9212         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9213
9214     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9215         """
9216         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9217
9218         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9219         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9220         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9221         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9222         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9223
9224         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9225         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9226         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9227         this.
9228         """
9229         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9230
9231     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9232     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9233         """
9234         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9235
9236         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9237         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9238         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9239         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9240         to the default background colour.
9241
9242         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9243         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9244         calling this function.
9245
9246         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9247         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9248         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9249         applications on the system.
9250         """
9251         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9252
9253     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9254         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9255         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9256
9257     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9258         """
9259         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9260
9261         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9262         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9263         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9264         not be used at all.
9265         """
9266         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9267
9268     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9269         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9270         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9271
9272     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9273         """
9274         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9275
9276         Returns the background colour of the window.
9277         """
9278         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9279
9280     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9281         """
9282         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9283
9284         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9285         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9286         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9287         """
9288         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9289
9290     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9291         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9292         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9293
9294     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9295         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9296         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9297
9298     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9299         """
9300         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9301
9302         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9303         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9304
9305             ======================  ========================================
9306             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9307                                     be determined by the system
9308             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9309             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9310                                     application.
9311             ======================  ========================================
9312
9313         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9314         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9315         no effect on other platforms.
9316
9317         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9318         """
9319         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9320
9321     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9322         """
9323         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9324
9325         Returns the background style of the window.
9326
9327         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9328         """
9329         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9330
9331     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9332         """
9333         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9334
9335         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9336         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9337         background.
9338
9339         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9340         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9341         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9342         correctly.
9343         """
9344         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9345
9346     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9347         """
9348         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9349
9350         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9351         for the children of the window implicitly.
9352
9353         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9354         be reset back to default.
9355         """
9356         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9357
9358     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9359         """
9360         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9361
9362         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9363         """
9364         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9365
9366     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9367         """
9368         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9369
9370         Sets the font for this window.
9371         """
9372         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9373
9374     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9375         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9376         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9377
9378     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9379         """
9380         GetFont(self) -> Font
9381
9382         Returns the default font used for this window.
9383         """
9384         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9385
9386     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9387         """
9388         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9389
9390         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9391         """
9392         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9393
9394     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9395         """
9396         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9397
9398         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9399         """
9400         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9401
9402     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9403         """
9404         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9405
9406         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9407         """
9408         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9409
9410     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9411         """
9412         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9413
9414         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9415         """
9416         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9417
9418     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9419         """
9420         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9421
9422         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9423         """
9424         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9425
9426     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9427         """
9428         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9429            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9430
9431         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9432         current or specified font.
9433         """
9434         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9435
9436     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9437         """
9438         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9439
9440         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9441         """
9442         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9443
9444     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9445         """
9446         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9447
9448         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9449         """
9450         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9451
9452     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9453         """
9454         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9455
9456         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9457         """
9458         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9459
9460     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9461         """
9462         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9463
9464         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9465         """
9466         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9467
9468     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9469         """
9470         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9471
9472         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9473         """
9474         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9475
9476     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9477         """
9478         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9479
9480         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9481         """
9482         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9483
9484     def GetBorder(*args):
9485         """
9486         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9487         GetBorder(self) -> int
9488
9489         Get border for the flags of this window
9490         """
9491         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9492
9493     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9494         """
9495         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9496
9497         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9498         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9499         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9500         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9501         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9502         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9503         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9504         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9505         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9506         in idle time.
9507         """
9508         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9509
9510     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9511         """
9512         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9513
9514         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9515         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9516         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9517         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9518         mouse cursor will be used.
9519         """
9520         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9521
9522     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9523         """
9524         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9525
9526         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9527         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9528         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9529         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9530         mouse cursor will be used.
9531         """
9532         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9533
9534     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9535         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9536         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9537
9538     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9539         """
9540         GetHandle(self) -> long
9541
9542         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9543         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9544         toplevel parent of the window.
9545         """
9546         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9547
9548     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9549         """
9550         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9551
9552         Associate the window with a new native handle
9553         """
9554         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9555
9556     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9557         """
9558         DissociateHandle(self)
9559
9560         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9561         """
9562         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9563
9564     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
9565         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
9566         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
9567
9568     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9569         """
9570         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9571
9572         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9573         """
9574         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9575
9576     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9577         """
9578         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9579             bool refresh=True)
9580
9581         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9582         """
9583         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9584
9585     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9586         """
9587         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9588
9589         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9590         """
9591         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9592
9593     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9594         """
9595         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9596
9597         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9598         """
9599         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9600
9601     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9602         """
9603         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9604
9605         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9606         """
9607         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9608
9609     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9610         """
9611         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9612
9613         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9614         """
9615         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9616
9617     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9618         """
9619         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9620
9621         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9622         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9623         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9624         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9625         """
9626         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9627
9628     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9629         """
9630         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9631
9632         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9633         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9634         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9635         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9636         """
9637         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9638
9639     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9640         """
9641         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9642
9643         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9644         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9645         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9646         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9647         """
9648         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9649
9650     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9651         """
9652         LineUp(self) -> bool
9653
9654         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9655         """
9656         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9657
9658     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9659         """
9660         LineDown(self) -> bool
9661
9662         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9663         """
9664         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9665
9666     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9667         """
9668         PageUp(self) -> bool
9669
9670         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9671         """
9672         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9673
9674     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9675         """
9676         PageDown(self) -> bool
9677
9678         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9679         """
9680         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9681
9682     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9683         """
9684         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9685
9686         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9687         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9688         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9689         """
9690         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9691
9692     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9693         """
9694         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9695
9696         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9697         one.
9698         """
9699         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9700
9701     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9702         """
9703         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9704
9705         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9706
9707         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9708         and this method should return the global window help text then
9709
9710         """
9711         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9712
9713     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9714         """
9715         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9716
9717         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9718         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9719         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9720         """
9721         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9722
9723     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9724         """
9725         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9726
9727         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9728         """
9729         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9730
9731     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9732         """
9733         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9734
9735         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9736         """
9737         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9738
9739     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9740         """
9741         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9742
9743         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9744         """
9745         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9746
9747     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9748         """
9749         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9750
9751         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9752         a drop target, it is deleted.
9753         """
9754         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9755
9756     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9757         """
9758         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9759
9760         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9761         """
9762         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9763
9764     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9765         """
9766         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9767
9768         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9769         Only functional on Windows.
9770         """
9771         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9772
9773     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9774         """
9775         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9776
9777         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9778         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9779         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9780         constraints.
9781
9782         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9783         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9784         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9785         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9786         effect.
9787         """
9788         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9789
9790     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9791         """
9792         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9793
9794         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9795         are none.
9796         """
9797         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9798
9799     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9800         """
9801         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9802
9803         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9804         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9805         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9806         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9807
9808         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9809         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9810         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9811         """
9812         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9813
9814     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9815         """
9816         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9817
9818         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9819         """
9820         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9821
9822     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9823         """
9824         Layout(self) -> bool
9825
9826         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9827         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9828         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9829         handler when the window is resized.
9830         """
9831         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9832
9833     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9834         """
9835         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9836
9837         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9838         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9839         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9840         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9841         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9842         non-None, and False otherwise.
9843         """
9844         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9845
9846     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9847         """
9848         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9849
9850         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9851         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9852         """
9853         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9854
9855     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9856         """
9857         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9858
9859         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9860         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9861         """
9862         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9863
9864     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9865         """
9866         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9867
9868         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9869         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9870         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9871         """
9872         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9873
9874     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9875         """
9876         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9877
9878         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9879         """
9880         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9881
9882     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9883         """
9884         InheritAttributes(self)
9885
9886         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9887         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9888         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9889         colours.
9890
9891         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9892         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9893         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9894         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9895         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9896         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9897         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9898         no matter what and only the font might.
9899
9900         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9901         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9902         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9903         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9904         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9905         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9906         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9907         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9908         parents attributes.
9909
9910         """
9911         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9912
9913     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9914         """
9915         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9916
9917         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9918         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9919         from the parent window.
9920
9921         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9922         wxControl where it returns true.
9923         """
9924         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9925
9926     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9927         """
9928         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
9929
9930         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
9931         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
9932         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
9933         possible to set the transparency.
9934
9935         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
9936         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
9937         as xcompmgr) running.
9938         """
9939         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9940
9941     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9942         """
9943         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
9944
9945         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
9946         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
9947         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
9948         opaque.
9949         """
9950         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9951
9952     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9953         """
9954         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9955         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9956         """
9957         self.this = pre.this
9958         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9959         pre.thisown = 0
9960         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9961             self._setOORInfo(self)
9962         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9963             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9964
9965     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9966         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9967
9968     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
9969     AdjustedBestSize = property(GetAdjustedBestSize,doc="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`")
9970     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
9971     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
9972     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
9973     BestFittingSize = property(GetBestFittingSize,SetBestFittingSize,doc="See `GetBestFittingSize` and `SetBestFittingSize`")
9974     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
9975     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
9976     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
9977     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
9978     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
9979     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
9980     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
9981     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
9982     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
9983     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
9984     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
9985     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
9986     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
9987     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
9988     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
9989     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
9990     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
9991     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
9992     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
9993     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
9994     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
9995     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
9996     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
9997     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
9998     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
9999     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10000     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10001     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10002     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10003     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10004     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10005     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10006     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10007     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10008     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10009     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10010     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10011     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10012     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10013     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10014     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10015     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10016     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10017     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10018     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10019     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10020     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10021     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10022     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10023     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10024 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10025
10026 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10027     """
10028     PreWindow() -> Window
10029
10030     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10031     """
10032     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10033     return val
10034
10035 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10036   """
10037     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10038
10039     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10040     """
10041   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10042
10043 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10044   """
10045     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10046
10047     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10048     autogenerated) id
10049     """
10050   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10051
10052 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10053   """
10054     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10055
10056     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10057     autogenerated) id
10058     """
10059   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10060
10061 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10062   """
10063     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10064
10065     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10066     or None.
10067     """
10068   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10069
10070 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10071   """
10072     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10073
10074     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10075     """
10076   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10077
10078 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10079   """
10080     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10081
10082     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10083     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10084     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10085     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10086     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10087
10088     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10089     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10090     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10091     this.
10092     """
10093   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10094
10095 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10096     """
10097     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10098     dialog units to pixel units.
10099     """
10100     if y is None:
10101         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10102     else:
10103         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10104
10105 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10106     """
10107     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10108     dialog units to pixel units.
10109     """
10110     if height is None:
10111         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10112     else:
10113         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10114
10115
10116 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10117   """
10118     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10119
10120     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10121     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10122     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10123     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10124     """
10125   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10126
10127 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10128   """
10129     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10130
10131     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10132     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10133     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10134     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10135     cases.
10136
10137     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10138     """
10139   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10140
10141 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10142   """
10143     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10144
10145     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10146     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10147     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10148     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10149     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10150     """
10151   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10152
10153 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10154   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10155   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10156
10157 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10158   """
10159     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10160
10161     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10162     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10163     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10164     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10165
10166     """
10167   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10168 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10169
10170 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10171     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10172     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10173     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10174     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10175         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10176         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10177         self._setOORInfo(self)
10178
10179     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10180         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10181         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10182
10183     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10184         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10185         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10186
10187     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10188         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10189         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10190
10191     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10192         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10193         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10194
10195     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10196         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10197         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10198
10199     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10200         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10201         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10202
10203     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10204         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10205         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10206
10207     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10208     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10209         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10210         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10211
10212     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10213 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10214
10215 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10216   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10217   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10218
10219 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10220   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10221   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10222
10223 class PyValidator(Validator):
10224     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10225     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10226     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10227     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10228         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10229         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10230
10231         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
10232         self._setOORInfo(self)
10233
10234     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10236         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10237
10238 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10239
10240 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10241
10242 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10243     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10244     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10245     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10246     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10247         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10248         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10249         self._setOORInfo(self)
10250
10251     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10252         """
10253         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10254             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10255         """
10256         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10260         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10264         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10268         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10272         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10276         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10280         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10284         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10288         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """Break(self)"""
10292         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """
10296         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10297             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10298         """
10299         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10300
10301     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10302         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10303         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10304
10305     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10306         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10307         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10308
10309     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10310         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10311         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10312
10313     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10314         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10315         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10316
10317     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10318         """
10319         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10320             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10321         """
10322         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10323
10324     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10325         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10326         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10327
10328     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10329         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10330         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10331
10332     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10333         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10334         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10335
10336     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10337         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10338         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10339
10340     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10341         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10342         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10343
10344     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10345         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10346         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10347
10348     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10349         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10350         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10351
10352     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10353         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10354         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10355
10356     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10357         """
10358         Destroy(self)
10359
10360         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10361         """
10362         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10363         args[0].thisown = 0
10364         return val
10365
10366     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10367         """
10368         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
10369
10370         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10371         """
10372         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10373         args[0].thisown = 0
10374         return val
10375
10376     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10377         """
10378         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
10379
10380         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10381         """
10382         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10383         args[0].thisown = 0
10384         return val
10385
10386     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10387         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10388         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10389
10390     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10391         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10392         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10393
10394     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10395         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10396         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10397
10398     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10399         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10400         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10401
10402     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10403         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10404         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10405
10406     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10407         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10408         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10409
10410     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10411         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10412         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10413
10414     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10415         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10416         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10417
10418     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10419         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10420         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10421
10422     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10423         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10424         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10425
10426     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10427         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10428         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10429
10430     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10431         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10432         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10433
10434     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10435         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10436         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10437
10438     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10439         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10440         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10441
10442     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10443         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10444         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10445
10446     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10447         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10448         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10449
10450     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10451         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10452         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10453
10454     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10455         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10456         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10457
10458     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10459         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10460         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10461
10462     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10463         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10464         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10465
10466     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10467         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10468         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10469
10470     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10471         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10472         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10473
10474     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10475         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10476         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10477
10478     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10479         """Detach(self)"""
10480         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10481
10482     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10483         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10484         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10485
10486     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10487         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10488         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10489
10490     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10491         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10492         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10493
10494     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10495     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
10496     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
10497     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
10498     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
10499     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
10500     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
10501     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
10502     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
10503 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10504 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10505
10506 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10507
10508 class MenuBar(Window):
10509     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10510     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10511     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10512     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10513         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10514         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10515         self._setOORInfo(self)
10516
10517     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10518         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10519         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10520
10521     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10522         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10523         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10524
10525     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10526         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10527         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10528
10529     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10530         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10531         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10532
10533     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10534         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10535         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10536
10537     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10538         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10539         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10540
10541     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10542         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10543         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10544
10545     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10546         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10547         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10548
10549     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10550         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10551         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10552
10553     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10554         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10555         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10556
10557     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10558         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10559         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10560
10561     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10562         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10563         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10564
10565     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10566         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10567         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10568
10569     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10570         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10571         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10572
10573     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10574         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10575         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10576
10577     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10578         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10579         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10580
10581     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10582         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10583         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10584
10585     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10586         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10587         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10588
10589     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10590         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10591         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10592
10593     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10594         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10595         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10596
10597     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10598         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10599         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10600
10601     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10602         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10603         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10604
10605     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10606         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10607         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10608
10609     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10610         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10611         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10612
10613     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10614         """Detach(self)"""
10615         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10616
10617     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10618         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10619         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10620
10621     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10622         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10623         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10624
10625     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10626     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10627         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10628         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10629
10630     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10631     def GetMenus(self):
10632         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
10633         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
10634                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
10635
10636     def SetMenus(self, items):
10637         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
10638         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
10639             self.Remove(i)
10640         for m, l in items:
10641             self.Append(m, l)
10642
10643     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
10644     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
10645     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
10646     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
10647 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10648
10649 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10650   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10651   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10652
10653 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10654   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10655   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10656
10657 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10658
10659 class MenuItem(Object):
10660     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10661     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10662     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10663     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10664         """
10665         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10666             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10667             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10668         """
10669         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10670     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10671     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10672     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10673         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10674         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10675
10676     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10677         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10678         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10679
10680     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10681         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10682         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10683
10684     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10685         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10686         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10687
10688     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10689         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10690         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10691
10692     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10693         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10694         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10695
10696     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10697         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10698         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10699
10700     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10701         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10702         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10703
10704     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10705         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10706         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10707
10708     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10709     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10710         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10711         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10712
10713     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10714         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10715         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10716
10717     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10718         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10719         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10720
10721     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10722         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10723         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10724
10725     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10726         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10727         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10728
10729     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10730         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10731         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10732
10733     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10734         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10735         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10736
10737     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10738         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10739         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10740
10741     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10742         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10743         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10744
10745     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10746         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10747         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10748
10749     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10751         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10752
10753     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10754         """Toggle(self)"""
10755         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10756
10757     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10758         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10759         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10760
10761     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10762         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10763         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10764
10765     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10766         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10767         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10768
10769     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10770         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10771         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10772
10773     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10774         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10775         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10776
10777     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10778         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10779         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10780
10781     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10782         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10783         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10784
10785     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10786         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10787         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10788
10789     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10790         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10791         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10792
10793     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10794         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10795         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10796
10797     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10798         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10799         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10802         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10803         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10804
10805     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10806         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10807         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10808
10809     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10810         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10811         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10812
10813     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10814         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10815         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10816
10817     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10818         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10819         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10820
10821     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10822         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10823         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10824
10825     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10826         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10827         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10828
10829     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10830     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10831         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10832         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10833
10834     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10835         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10836         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10837
10838     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10839         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10840         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10841
10842     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
10843     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10844     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
10845     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
10846     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10847     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
10848     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10849     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
10850     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10851     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
10852     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
10853     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
10854     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
10855     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
10856 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10857
10858 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10859   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10860   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10861
10862 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10863   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10864   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10865
10866 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10867
10868 class Control(Window):
10869     """
10870     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10871
10872     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10873     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10874     """
10875     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10876     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10877     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10878         """
10879         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10880             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10881             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10882
10883         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10884         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10885         """
10886         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10887         self._setOORInfo(self)
10888
10889     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10890         """
10891         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10892             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10893             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10894
10895         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10896         """
10897         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10898
10899     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10900         """
10901         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10902
10903         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
10904         """
10905         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
10906
10907     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
10908         """
10909         GetLabelText(self) -> String
10910
10911         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
10912         """
10913         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
10914
10915     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10916         """
10917         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10918
10919         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10920
10921         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10922
10923         """
10924         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10925
10926     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10927         """
10928         GetLabel(self) -> String
10929
10930         Return a control's text.
10931         """
10932         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10933
10934     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10935         """
10936         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10937
10938         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10939         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10940         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10941         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10942         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10943
10944         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10945         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10946         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10947         this.
10948         """
10949         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10950
10951     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10952     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
10953     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10954     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
10955 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10956 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10957
10958 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10959     """
10960     PreControl() -> Control
10961
10962     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10963     """
10964     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10965     return val
10966
10967 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10968   """
10969     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10970
10971     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10972     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10973     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10974     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10975     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10976
10977     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10978     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10979     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10980     this.
10981     """
10982   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10983
10984 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10985
10986 class ItemContainer(object):
10987     """
10988     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10989     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10990     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10991     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10992     this one.
10993
10994     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10995     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10996     all conform to the same interface.
10997
10998     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10999     optionally, client data associated with them.
11000
11001     """
11002     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11003     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11004     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11005     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11006         """
11007         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11008
11009         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11010         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11011         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11012         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11013         """
11014         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11015
11016     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11017         """
11018         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11019
11020         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11021         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11022         need to add a lot of items.
11023         """
11024         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11025
11026     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11027         """
11028         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11029
11030         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11031         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11032         """
11033         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11034
11035     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11036         """
11037         Clear(self)
11038
11039         Removes all items from the control.
11040         """
11041         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11042
11043     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11044         """
11045         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
11046
11047         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11048         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11049         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11050         than the number of items in the control.
11051         """
11052         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11053
11054     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11055         """
11056         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
11057
11058         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11059         """
11060         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11061
11062     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11063         """
11064         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
11065
11066         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11067         """
11068         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11069
11070     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11071         """
11072         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
11073
11074         Returns the number of items in the control.
11075         """
11076         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11077
11078     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11079         """
11080         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11081
11082         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11083         """
11084         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11085
11086     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11087         """
11088         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
11089
11090         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11091         """
11092         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11093
11094     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11095         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11096         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11097
11098     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11099         """
11100         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
11101
11102         Sets the label for the given item.
11103         """
11104         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11105
11106     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11107         """
11108         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11109
11110         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11111         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11112         found.
11113         """
11114         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11115
11116     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11117         """
11118         SetSelection(self, int n)
11119
11120         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11121         """
11122         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11123
11124     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11125         """
11126         GetSelection(self) -> int
11127
11128         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11129         is selected.
11130         """
11131         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11132
11133     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11134         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11135         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11136
11137     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11138         """
11139         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11140
11141         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11142         is selected.
11143         """
11144         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11145
11146     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11147         """
11148         Select(self, int n)
11149
11150         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11151         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11152         """
11153         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11154
11155     def GetItems(self):
11156         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11157         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11158
11159     def SetItems(self, items):
11160         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11161         self.Clear()
11162         for i in items:
11163             self.Append(i)
11164
11165     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11166     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11167     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11168     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11169     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11170 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11171
11172 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11173
11174 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11175     """
11176     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11177     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11178     that have items.
11179     """
11180     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11181     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11182     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11183 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11184
11185 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11186
11187 class SizerItem(Object):
11188     """
11189     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11190     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11191     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11192     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11193     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11194     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11195     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11196     layout.
11197
11198     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11199     """
11200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11203         """
11204         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11205
11206         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11207         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11208
11209         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11210         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11211         methods are called.
11212
11213         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11214         """
11215         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11216     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11217     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11218     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11219         """
11220         DeleteWindows(self)
11221
11222         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11223         of item.
11224         """
11225         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11226
11227     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11228         """
11229         DetachSizer(self)
11230
11231         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11232         """
11233         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11234
11235     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11236         """
11237         GetSize(self) -> Size
11238
11239         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11240         """
11241         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11242
11243     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11244         """
11245         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11246
11247         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11248         needed by borders.
11249         """
11250         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11251
11252     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11253         """
11254         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11255
11256         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11257         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11258         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11259         account.
11260         """
11261         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11262
11263     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11264         """
11265         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11266
11267         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11268         """
11269         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11270
11271     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11272         """
11273         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11274
11275         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11276         added, if needed.
11277         """
11278         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11279
11280     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11281         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11282         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11283
11284     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11285         """
11286         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11287
11288         Set the ratio item attribute.
11289         """
11290         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11291
11292     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11293         """
11294         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11295
11296         Set the ratio item attribute.
11297         """
11298         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11299
11300     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11301         """
11302         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11303
11304         Set the ratio item attribute.
11305         """
11306         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11307
11308     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11309         """
11310         GetRatio(self) -> float
11311
11312         Set the ratio item attribute.
11313         """
11314         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11315
11316     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11317         """
11318         GetRect(self) -> Rect
11319
11320         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11321         """
11322         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
11323
11324     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11325         """
11326         IsWindow(self) -> bool
11327
11328         Is this sizer item a window?
11329         """
11330         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11331
11332     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11333         """
11334         IsSizer(self) -> bool
11335
11336         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11337         """
11338         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11339
11340     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11341         """
11342         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11343
11344         Is this sizer item a spacer?
11345         """
11346         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11347
11348     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11349         """
11350         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11351
11352         Set the proportion value for this item.
11353         """
11354         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11355
11356     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11357         """
11358         GetProportion(self) -> int
11359
11360         Get the proportion value for this item.
11361         """
11362         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11363
11364     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11365     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11366     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11367         """
11368         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11369
11370         Set the flag value for this item.
11371         """
11372         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11373
11374     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11375         """
11376         GetFlag(self) -> int
11377
11378         Get the flag value for this item.
11379         """
11380         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11381
11382     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11383         """
11384         SetBorder(self, int border)
11385
11386         Set the border value for this item.
11387         """
11388         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11389
11390     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11391         """
11392         GetBorder(self) -> int
11393
11394         Get the border value for this item.
11395         """
11396         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11397
11398     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11399         """
11400         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11401
11402         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11403         """
11404         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11405
11406     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11407         """
11408         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11409
11410         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11411         """
11412         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11413
11414     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11415         """
11416         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11417
11418         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11419         """
11420         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11421
11422     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11423         """
11424         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11425
11426         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11427         """
11428         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11429
11430     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11431         """
11432         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11433
11434         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11435         """
11436         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11437
11438     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11439         """
11440         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11441
11442         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11443         """
11444         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11445
11446     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11447         """
11448         Show(self, bool show)
11449
11450         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11451         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11452         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11453         """
11454         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11455
11456     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11457         """
11458         IsShown(self) -> bool
11459
11460         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11461         """
11462         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11463
11464     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11465         """
11466         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11467
11468         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11469         """
11470         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11471
11472     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11473         """
11474         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11475
11476         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11477         isn't any.
11478         """
11479         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11480
11481     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11482         """
11483         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11484
11485         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11486         """
11487         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11488
11489     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
11490     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
11491     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
11492     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
11493     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
11494     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
11495     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
11496     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
11497     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
11498     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
11499     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")
11500     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
11501     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
11502 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11503
11504 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11505     """
11506     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11507         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11508
11509     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11510     """
11511     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11512     return val
11513
11514 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11515     """
11516     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11517         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11518
11519     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11520     """
11521     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11522     return val
11523
11524 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11525     """
11526     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11527         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11528
11529     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11530     """
11531     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11532     return val
11533
11534 class Sizer(Object):
11535     """
11536     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11537     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11538     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11539     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11540     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11541
11542     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11543     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11544     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11545     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11546     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11547     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11548     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11549     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11550     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11551     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11552     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11553     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11554     compared to a real window on screen.
11555
11556     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11557     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11558     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11559     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11560     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11561     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11562     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11563     """
11564     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11565     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11566     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11567     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11568     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11569     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11570         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11571         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11572
11573     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11574         """
11575         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11576             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11577
11578         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11579         """
11580         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11581
11582     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11583         """
11584         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11585             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11586
11587         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11588         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11589         """
11590         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11591
11592     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11593         """
11594         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11595             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11596
11597         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11598         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11599         """
11600         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11601
11602     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11603         """
11604         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11605
11606         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11607         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11608         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11609         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11610         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11611         and removed.
11612         """
11613         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11614
11615     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11616         """
11617         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11618
11619         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11620         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11621         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11622         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11623         was found and detached.
11624         """
11625         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11626
11627     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11628         """
11629         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11630
11631         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11632         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11633         the item to be found.
11634         """
11635         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11636
11637     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11638         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11639         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11640
11641     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
11642         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11643         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
11644
11645     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11646         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11647         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11648
11649     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
11650         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
11651         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
11652
11653     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
11654         """
11655         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
11656         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
11657         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
11658         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
11659         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
11660         element recursivly in subsizers.
11661
11662         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
11663         call `Layout` to do so.
11664
11665         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
11666         """
11667         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
11668             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
11669         elif isinstnace(olditem, wx.Sizer):
11670             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
11671         elif isinstnace(olditem, int):
11672             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
11673         else:
11674             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
11675
11676     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11677         """
11678         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
11679
11680         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
11681         """
11682         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11683
11684     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11685         """
11686         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
11687
11688         Get the window this sizer is used in.
11689         """
11690         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11691
11692     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11693         """
11694         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11695
11696         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11697         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11698         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11699         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11700         """
11701         if len(args) == 2:
11702             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11703             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11704         else:
11705             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11706
11707     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11708         """
11709         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11710
11711         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11712         """
11713         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11714
11715     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11716         """
11717         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11718
11719         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11720         """
11721         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11722
11723     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11724         """
11725         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11726
11727         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11728         """
11729         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11730
11731     def AddMany(self, items):
11732         """
11733         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11734         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11735         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11736         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11737         """
11738         for item in items:
11739             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11740                 item = (item, )
11741             self.Add(*item)
11742
11743     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11744         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11745
11746         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
11747         """
11748         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11749             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11750         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
11751             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11752     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11753         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11754
11755         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
11756         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11757             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11758         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
11759             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11760     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
11761         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
11762
11763         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
11764         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11765             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11766         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
11767             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
11768
11769
11770     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11771         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11772
11773         Add a stretchable spacer."""
11774         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
11775     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11776         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11777
11778         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
11779         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
11780     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
11781         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11782
11783         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
11784         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
11785
11786
11787     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11788     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11789         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11790         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11791     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11792         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11793         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11794
11795     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11796         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11797         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11798     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11799         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11800         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11801
11802     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11803         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11804         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11805     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11806         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11807         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11808
11809     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11810         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11811         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11812     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11813         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11814         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11815     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11816         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11817         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11818
11819
11820     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11821         """
11822         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11823
11824         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11825         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11826         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11827         methods.
11828         """
11829         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11830
11831     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11832         """
11833         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11834
11835         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11836         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11837         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11838         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11839         here, depending on which is bigger.
11840         """
11841         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11842
11843     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11844         """
11845         GetSize(self) -> Size
11846
11847         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11848         """
11849         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11850
11851     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11852         """
11853         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11854
11855         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11856         """
11857         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11858
11859     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11860         """
11861         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11862
11863         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11864         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11865         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11866         """
11867         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11868
11869     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11870         return self.GetSize().Get()
11871     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11872         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11873     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11874         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11875
11876     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11877         """
11878         RecalcSizes(self)
11879
11880         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11881         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11882         it is called by `Layout`.
11883         """
11884         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11885
11886     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11887         """
11888         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11889
11890         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11891         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11892         it is called by `Layout`.
11893         """
11894         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11895
11896     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11897         """
11898         Layout(self)
11899
11900         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11901         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11902         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11903         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11904         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11905         removed.
11906         """
11907         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11908
11909     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11910         """
11911         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11912
11913         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11914         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11915         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11916         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11917
11918         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11919         """
11920         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11921
11922     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11923         """
11924         FitInside(self, Window window)
11925
11926         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11927         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11928         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11929         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11930
11931         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11932
11933         """
11934         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11935
11936     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11937         """
11938         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11939
11940         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11941         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11942         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11943         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11944         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11945         required by the sizer.
11946         """
11947         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11948
11949     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11950         """
11951         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11952
11953         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11954         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11955         this will set them appropriately.
11956
11957         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11958
11959         """
11960         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11961
11962     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11963         """
11964         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11965
11966         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11967         as well.
11968         """
11969         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11970
11971     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11972         """
11973         DeleteWindows(self)
11974
11975         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11976         """
11977         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11978
11979     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11980         """
11981         GetChildren(self) -> list
11982
11983         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11984         """
11985         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11986
11987     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11988         """
11989         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11990
11991         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11992         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11993         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11994         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11995         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11996         """
11997         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11998
11999     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12000         """
12001         IsShown(self, item)
12002
12003         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12004         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12005         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12006         the item.
12007         """
12008         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12009
12010     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12011         """
12012         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12013         """
12014         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12015
12016     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12017         """
12018         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12019
12020         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12021         """
12022         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12023
12024     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12025     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12026     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12027     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12028     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12029 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12030
12031 class PySizer(Sizer):
12032     """
12033     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12034     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12035     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12036     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12037     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12038     For example::
12039
12040         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12041              def __init__(self):
12042                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12043
12044              def CalcMin(self):
12045                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12046                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12047                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12048                       # layout algorithm.
12049                       ...
12050                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12051
12052               def RecalcSizes(self):
12053                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12054                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12055                   size = self.GetSize()
12056                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12057                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12058                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12059                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12060                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12061                       ...
12062                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12063
12064
12065     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12066     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12067     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12068
12069     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12070
12071
12072     """
12073     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12074     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12075     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12076         """
12077         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12078
12079         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12080         class.
12081         """
12082         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12083         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
12084
12085     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12086         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12087         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12088
12089 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12090
12091 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12092
12093 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12094     """
12095     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12096     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12097     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12098     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12099     parameter passed to the constructor.
12100     """
12101     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12102     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12103     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12104         """
12105         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12106
12107         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12108         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12109         sizer.
12110         """
12111         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12112         self._setOORInfo(self)
12113
12114     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12115         """
12116         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12117
12118         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12119         """
12120         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12121
12122     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12123         """
12124         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12125
12126         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12127         """
12128         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12129
12130     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12131 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12132
12133 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12134
12135 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12136     """
12137     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12138     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12139     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12140     passed to the sizer constructor.
12141     """
12142     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12143     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12144     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12145         """
12146         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12147
12148         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12149         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12150         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12151         """
12152         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12153         self._setOORInfo(self)
12154
12155     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12156         """
12157         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12158
12159         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12160         """
12161         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12162
12163     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12164 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12165
12166 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12167
12168 class GridSizer(Sizer):
12169     """
12170     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12171     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
12172     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12173     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12174     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12175     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12176
12177     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12178     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
12179     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12180     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
12181     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12182     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12183
12184     """
12185     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12186     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12187     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12188         """
12189         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12190
12191         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12192         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12193         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12194         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12195         define extra space between all children.
12196         """
12197         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12198         self._setOORInfo(self)
12199
12200     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12201         """
12202         SetCols(self, int cols)
12203
12204         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12205         """
12206         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12207
12208     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12209         """
12210         SetRows(self, int rows)
12211
12212         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12213         """
12214         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12215
12216     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12217         """
12218         SetVGap(self, int gap)
12219
12220         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12221         """
12222         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12223
12224     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12225         """
12226         SetHGap(self, int gap)
12227
12228         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12229         """
12230         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12231
12232     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12233         """
12234         GetCols(self) -> int
12235
12236         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12237         """
12238         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12239
12240     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12241         """
12242         GetRows(self) -> int
12243
12244         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12245         """
12246         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12247
12248     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12249         """
12250         GetVGap(self) -> int
12251
12252         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12253         """
12254         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12255
12256     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12257         """
12258         GetHGap(self) -> int
12259
12260         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12261         """
12262         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12263
12264     def CalcRowsCols(self):
12265         """
12266         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
12267
12268         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
12269         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
12270         in the constructor.
12271         """
12272         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
12273         rows = self.GetRows()
12274         cols = self.GetCols()
12275         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
12276         if cols != 0:
12277             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
12278         elif rows != 0:
12279             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
12280         return (rows, cols)
12281
12282     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
12283     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
12284     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
12285     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
12286 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
12287
12288 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12289
12290 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12291 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12292 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12293 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
12294     """
12295     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12296     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12297     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12298     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12299     the `wx.GridSizer`.
12300
12301     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12302     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12303     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12304     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12305     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12306     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12307
12308
12309     """
12310     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12311     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12312     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12313         """
12314         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12315
12316         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12317         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12318         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12319         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12320         define extra space between all children.
12321         """
12322         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12323         self._setOORInfo(self)
12324
12325     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12326         """
12327         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12328
12329         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12330         is extra space available to the sizer.
12331
12332         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12333         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12334         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12335         """
12336         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12337
12338     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12339         """
12340         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12341
12342         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12343         """
12344         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12345
12346     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12347         """
12348         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12349
12350         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12351         there is extra space available to the sizer.
12352
12353         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12354         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12355         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12356         """
12357         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12358
12359     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12360         """
12361         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12362
12363         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12364         """
12365         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12366
12367     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12368         """
12369         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12370
12371         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12372         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
12373         other value is ignored.
12374
12375             ==============    =======================================
12376             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
12377             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
12378             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12379                               (this is the default value).
12380             ==============    =======================================
12381
12382         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12383
12384         """
12385         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12386
12387     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12388         """
12389         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12390
12391         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12392         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12393
12394         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12395         """
12396         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12397
12398     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12399         """
12400         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12401
12402         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12403         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12404         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12405
12406             ==========================  =================================================
12407             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12408             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12409                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12410                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12411                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
12412             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12413                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
12414                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12415             ==========================  =================================================
12416
12417         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12418         """
12419         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12420
12421     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12422         """
12423         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12424
12425         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12426         non-flexible direction if there is one.
12427
12428         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12429         """
12430         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12431
12432     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
12433         """
12434         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12435
12436         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12437         rows in the sizer.
12438         """
12439         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
12440
12441     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
12442         """
12443         GetColWidths(self) -> list
12444
12445         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12446         columns in the sizer.
12447         """
12448         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
12449
12450     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
12451     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
12452     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
12453     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
12454 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
12455
12456 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
12457     """
12458     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12459     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12460     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12461     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12462     will take care of the rest.
12463
12464     """
12465     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12466     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12467     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12468         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12469         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12470     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12471         """
12472         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12473
12474         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12475         method in the base class.
12476         """
12477         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12478
12479     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12480         """
12481         Realize(self)
12482
12483         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12484         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12485         specifc manner.
12486         """
12487         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12488
12489     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12490         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12491         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12492
12493     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12494         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12495         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12498         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12499         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12500
12501     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12502         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12503         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12504
12505     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12506         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12507         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12508
12509     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12510         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12511         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12512
12513     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12514         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12515         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12516
12517     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12518         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12519         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12520
12521     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
12522     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
12523     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
12524     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
12525     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
12526 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12527
12528 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12529
12530 class GBPosition(object):
12531     """
12532     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12533     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12534     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12535     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12536     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12537     """
12538     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12539     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12540     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12541         """
12542         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12543
12544         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12545         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12546         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12547         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12548         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12549         """
12550         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12551     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12552     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12553     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12554         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12555         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12556
12557     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12558         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12559         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12560
12561     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12562         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12563         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12564
12565     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12566         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12567         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12568
12569     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12570         """
12571         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12572
12573         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12574         """
12575         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12576
12577     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12578         """
12579         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12580
12581         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12582         """
12583         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12584
12585     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12586         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12587         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12588
12589     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12590         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12591         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12592
12593     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12594     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12595     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12596     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12597     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12598     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12599         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12600         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12601         else: raise IndexError
12602     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12603     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12604     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12605
12606     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12607     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12608
12609 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12610
12611 class GBSpan(object):
12612     """
12613     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12614     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12615     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12616     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12617     nearly transparently in Python code.
12618
12619     """
12620     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12621     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12622     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12623         """
12624         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12625
12626         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12627         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12628         cell in each direction.
12629         """
12630         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12631     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12632     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12633     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12634         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12635         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12636
12637     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12638         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12639         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12640
12641     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12642         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12643         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12644
12645     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12646         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12647         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12648
12649     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12650         """
12651         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12652
12653         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12654         """
12655         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12656
12657     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12658         """
12659         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12660
12661         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12662         """
12663         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12664
12665     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12666         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12667         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12668
12669     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12670         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12671         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12672
12673     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12674     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12675     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12676     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12677     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12678     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12679         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12680         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12681         else: raise IndexError
12682     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12683     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12684     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12685
12686     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12687     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12688
12689 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12690
12691 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12692     """
12693     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12694     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12695     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12696
12697     """
12698     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12699     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12700     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12701         """
12702         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12703
12704         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12705         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12706         item can be used in a Sizer.
12707
12708         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12709         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12710         """
12711         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12712     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12713     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12714     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12715         """
12716         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12717
12718         Get the grid position of the item
12719         """
12720         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12721
12722     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12723     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12724         """
12725         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12726
12727         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12728         """
12729         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12730
12731     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12732     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12733         """
12734         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12735
12736         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12737         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12738         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12739         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12740         """
12741         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12742
12743     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12744         """
12745         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12746
12747         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12748         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12749         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12750         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12751
12752         """
12753         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12754
12755     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12756         """
12757         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12758
12759         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12760         """
12761         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12762
12763     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12764         """
12765         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12766
12767         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12768         """
12769         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12770
12771     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12772         """
12773         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12774
12775         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12776         """
12777         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12778
12779     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12780         """
12781         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12782
12783         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12784         """
12785         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12786
12787     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12788         """
12789         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12790
12791         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12792         """
12793         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12794
12795     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
12796     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
12797     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
12798     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
12799 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12800 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12801
12802 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12803     """
12804     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12805         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12806
12807     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12808     """
12809     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12810     return val
12811
12812 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12813     """
12814     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12815         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12816
12817     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12818     """
12819     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12820     return val
12821
12822 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12823     """
12824     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12825         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12826
12827     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12828     """
12829     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12830     return val
12831
12832 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12833     """
12834     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12835     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12836     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12837     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12838     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12839     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12840
12841     """
12842     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12843     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12844     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12845         """
12846         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12847
12848         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12849         rows and columns.
12850         """
12851         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12852         self._setOORInfo(self)
12853
12854     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12855         """
12856         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12857         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12858
12859         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12860         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12861         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12862
12863         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12864         position, False if something was already there.
12865
12866         """
12867         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12868
12869     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12870         """
12871         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12872
12873         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12874         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12875         something was already there.
12876         """
12877         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12878
12879     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12880         """
12881         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12882
12883         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12884         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12885         """
12886         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12887
12888     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12889         """
12890         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12891
12892         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12893         """
12894         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12895
12896     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12897         """
12898         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12899
12900         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12901         """
12902         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12903
12904     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12905         """
12906         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12907
12908         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12909         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12910         index of an item.
12911         """
12912         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12913
12914     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12915         """
12916         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12917
12918         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12919         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12920         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12921         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12922
12923         """
12924         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12925
12926     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12927         """
12928         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12929
12930         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12931         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12932         zero-based index of an item.
12933         """
12934         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12935
12936     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12937         """
12938         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12939
12940         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12941         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12942         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12943         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12944         """
12945         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12946
12947     def FindItem(*args):
12948         """
12949         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12950
12951         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12952         not found. (non-recursive)
12953         """
12954         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12955
12956     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12957         """
12958         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12959
12960         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12961         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12962         """
12963         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12964
12965     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12966         """
12967         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12968
12969         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12970         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12971         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12972         layout. (non-recursive)
12973         """
12974         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12975
12976     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12977         """
12978         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12979
12980         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12981         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12982         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12983         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12984         position of.
12985
12986         """
12987         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12988
12989     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12990         """
12991         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12992
12993         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12994         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12995         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12996         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12997         position of.
12998         """
12999         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13000
13001 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13002
13003 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13004
13005 Left = _core_.Left
13006 Top = _core_.Top
13007 Right = _core_.Right
13008 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13009 Width = _core_.Width
13010 Height = _core_.Height
13011 Centre = _core_.Centre
13012 Center = _core_.Center
13013 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13014 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13015 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13016 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13017 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13018 Above = _core_.Above
13019 Below = _core_.Below
13020 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13021 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13022 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13023 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13024 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13025     """
13026     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13027     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13028     You will never need to create an instance of
13029     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13030     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13031     that it contains.
13032     """
13033     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13034     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13035     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13036     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13037         """
13038         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13039
13040         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13041         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13042         """
13043         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13044
13045     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13046         """
13047         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13048
13049         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13050         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13051         other window.
13052         """
13053         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13054
13055     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13056         """
13057         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13058
13059         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13060         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13061         other window.
13062         """
13063         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13064
13065     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13066         """
13067         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13068
13069         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13070         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13071         window.
13072         """
13073         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13074
13075     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13076         """
13077         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13078
13079         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13080         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13081         window.
13082         """
13083         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13084
13085     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13086         """
13087         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13088
13089         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13090         given window, with an optional margin.
13091         """
13092         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13093
13094     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13095         """
13096         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13097
13098         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13099         window, with an optional margin.
13100         """
13101         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13102
13103     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13104         """
13105         Absolute(self, int val)
13106
13107         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13108         """
13109         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13110
13111     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13112         """
13113         Unconstrained(self)
13114
13115         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13116         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13117         """
13118         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13119
13120     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13121         """
13122         AsIs(self)
13123
13124         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13125         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13126         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13127         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13128         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13129         button label.
13130         """
13131         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13132
13133     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13134         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13135         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13136
13137     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13138         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13139         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13140
13141     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13142         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13143         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13144
13145     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13146         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13147         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13148
13149     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13150         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13151         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13152
13153     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13154         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13155         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13156
13157     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13158         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13159         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13160
13161     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
13162         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13163         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
13164
13165     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13166         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13167         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13168
13169     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13170         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13171         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13172
13173     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13174         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13175         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13176
13177     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13178         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13179         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13180
13181     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13182         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13183         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13184
13185     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
13186         """
13187         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13188
13189         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13190         """
13191         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
13192
13193     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
13194         """
13195         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13196
13197         Try to satisfy constraint
13198         """
13199         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
13200
13201     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13202         """
13203         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13204
13205         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13206         is not determinable, -1.
13207         """
13208         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13209
13210     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
13211     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
13212     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
13213     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
13214     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
13215     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
13216     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
13217     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
13218 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
13219
13220 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
13221     """
13222     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13223     instead.
13224
13225     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13226     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13227
13228     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13229     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13230     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13231
13232         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13233         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13234         * top: represents the top edge of the window
13235         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13236         * width: represents the width of the window
13237         * height: represents the height of the window
13238         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13239         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13240
13241     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13242     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13243     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13244     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13245     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13246     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13247     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13248
13249     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13250
13251     """
13252     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13253     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13254     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
13255     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
13256     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
13257     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
13258     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
13259     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
13260     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
13261     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
13262     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13263         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13264         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
13265     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
13266     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13267     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
13268         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13269         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
13270
13271     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
13272         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13273         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
13274
13275 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
13276
13277 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13278
13279 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13280 try:
13281     True
13282 except NameError:
13283     __builtins__.True = 1==1
13284     __builtins__.False = 1==0
13285     def bool(value): return not not value
13286     __builtins__.bool = bool
13287
13288
13289
13290 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13291 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
13292 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
13293 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
13294
13295
13296 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13297 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
13298 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13299
13300 from __version__ import *
13301 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
13302
13303 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13304 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13305 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
13306     import warnings
13307     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13308
13309 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13310
13311 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13312 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
13313 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13314 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13315 #
13316 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13317 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
13318 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13319 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
13320 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13321 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13322
13323 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13324 if default == 'ascii':
13325     import locale
13326     import codecs
13327     try:
13328         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13329         codecs.lookup(default)
13330     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13331         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13332     del locale
13333     del codecs
13334 if default:
13335     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
13336 del default
13337
13338 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13339
13340 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13341     pass
13342
13343 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13344     """
13345     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13346     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
13347     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13348     """
13349     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13350     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13351
13352     def __repr__(self):
13353         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13354             self._name = "[unknown]"
13355         return self.reprStr % self._name
13356
13357     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13358         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13359             self._name = "[unknown]"
13360         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
13361
13362     def __nonzero__(self):
13363         return 0
13364
13365
13366
13367 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13368     pass
13369
13370 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13371     """
13372     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13373     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13374     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
13375     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13376     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13377     is ready.
13378     """
13379
13380     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13381     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13382
13383     def __repr__(self):
13384         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13385         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13386         return self.reprStr #% self._name
13387
13388     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13389         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13390         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13391         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
13392
13393     def __nonzero__(self):
13394         return 0
13395
13396
13397 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13398
13399 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
13400     """
13401     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13402     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
13403     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
13404     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13405
13406     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
13407     """
13408     app = wx.GetApp()
13409     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13410
13411     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
13412         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
13413         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
13414                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
13415     evt = wx.PyEvent()
13416     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
13417     evt.callable = callable
13418     evt.args = args
13419     evt.kw = kw
13420     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
13421
13422 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13423
13424
13425 class FutureCall:
13426     """
13427     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13428     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13429     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
13430     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13431
13432     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13433     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
13434     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13435     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13436     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
13437     object.
13438
13439     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13440     """
13441     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
13442         self.millis = millis
13443         self.callable = callable
13444         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13445         self.runCount = 0
13446         self.running = False
13447         self.hasRun = False
13448         self.result = None
13449         self.timer = None
13450         self.Start()
13451
13452     def __del__(self):
13453         self.Stop()
13454
13455
13456     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
13457         """
13458         (Re)start the timer
13459         """
13460         self.hasRun = False
13461         if millis is not None:
13462             self.millis = millis
13463         if args or kwargs:
13464             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13465         self.Stop()
13466         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
13467         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
13468         self.running = True
13469     Restart = Start
13470
13471
13472     def Stop(self):
13473         """
13474         Stop and destroy the timer.
13475         """
13476         if self.timer is not None:
13477             self.timer.Stop()
13478             self.timer = None
13479
13480
13481     def GetInterval(self):
13482         if self.timer is not None:
13483             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13484         else:
13485             return 0
13486
13487
13488     def IsRunning(self):
13489         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13490
13491
13492     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13493         """
13494         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13495         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13496         new call to the same callable object but with different
13497         parameters.
13498         """
13499         self.args = args
13500         self.kwargs = kwargs
13501
13502
13503     def HasRun(self):
13504         return self.hasRun
13505
13506     def GetResult(self):
13507         return self.result
13508
13509     def Notify(self):
13510         """
13511         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13512         """
13513         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13514             self.runCount += 1
13515             self.running = False
13516             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13517         self.hasRun = True
13518         if not self.running:
13519             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13520             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13521
13522     Interval = property(GetInterval)
13523     Result = property(GetResult)
13524
13525
13526 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13527 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13528 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13529 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13530 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13531 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13532 # where they should be used.
13533
13534 class __DocFilter:
13535     """
13536     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13537     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13538     """
13539     def __init__(self, globals):
13540         self._globals = globals
13541
13542     def __call__(self, name):
13543         import types
13544         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13545
13546         # only document classes and function
13547         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13548             return False
13549
13550         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13551         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13552             return False
13553
13554         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13555         if name.find('_') != -1:
13556             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13557             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13558             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13559                 return False
13560
13561         return True
13562
13563 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13564 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13565
13566 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13567 # "core" wx namespace
13568 from _gdi import *
13569 from _windows import *
13570 from _controls import *
13571 from _misc import *
13572
13573 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13574 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13575
13576
13577